Oracle Database Master Index: A
11g Release 1 (11.1)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
-
A* search algorithm for shortest path
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
A_TERM environment variable
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
A_TERMCAP environment variable
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
ABAP
- scripts, generating
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
abbreviations
- languages
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
abbreviations permitted
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
abnormal termination
- automatic rollback
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
abnormal termination, automatic rollback
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ABORT LOGICAL STANDBY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ABORT mode
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ABORT option
- SHUTDOWN statement
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
-
ABORT option, SHUTDOWN statement
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
ABORT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
abort query
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
abort response
(Administrator's Guide)
- two-phase commit
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ABORT_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ABORT_REDEF_TABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ABORT_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ABORT_SYNC_INSTANTIATION procedure
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ABORT_TABLE_INSTANTIATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ABORTED_REQUEST_THRESHOLD procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ABOUT query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- adding for your language
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- case-sensitivity
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- definition
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example
(Text Reference)
- highlight markup
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- highlight offsets
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- viewing expansion
(Text Reference)
-
ABS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
Abs method
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
absolute naming
- Java Database Connectivity (JDBC)
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with directory naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
absolute positioning in result sets
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
abstract data types
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- automatic
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- predefining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
abstract datatype
- creating as NCHAR
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
abstract datatypes and LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
accelerator keys
- for menus
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
accelerators (keyboard shortcuts)
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
accent
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
accents
- indexing characters with
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
accent-insensitive linguistic sort
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ACCEPT command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BINARY_DOUBLE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BINARY_FLOAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- customizing prompts for value
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DATE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HIDE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOPROMPT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMBER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PROMPT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
Accept Page
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
ACCEPT_LICENSE_AGREEMENT parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
ACCEPT_SQL_PATCH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ACCEPT_SQL_PROFILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
acceptChanges() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
acceptNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
AcceptNodeCodes datatype, DOM package
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
access
- multiple-user access, about
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- object types
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- read/write mode
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- read-only mode
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
-
Access (Microsoft) connections
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
access control
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- authorization schemes
(Application Express User's Guide)
- data encryption
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- destination level in JMS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- discretionary
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- discretionary, definition
(Concepts)
- encryption, problems not solved by
(Security Guide)
- enforcing
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- fine-grained access control
(Concepts)
- label-based
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- object privileges
(Security Guide)
- Oracle Label Security
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- password encryption
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- policies
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- privileges
(Concepts)
- queue-level
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- roles, definition
(Concepts)
- system level
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- understanding
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
access control entry (ACE)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
access control entry, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
access control list
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
- adding users
(Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- for Oracle Application Express
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- removing users
(Application Express User's Guide)
- selecting an application mode
(Application Express User's Guide)
- selecting user privileges
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
access control list (ACL)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
- advantages
(Security Guide)
- affect of upgrade from earlier release
(Security Guide)
- creating
(Security Guide)
- DBMS_NETWORK_ACL package
- using (Security Guide)
- DBMS_NETWORK_ACL_ADMIN package
- using (Security Guide)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- examples
(Security Guide)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- hosts, assigning
(Security Guide)
- network hosts, using wildcards to specify
(Security Guide)
- ORA-24247 errors
(Security Guide)
- order of precedence
- hosts (Security Guide)
- overview
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- port ranges
(Security Guide)
- privilege assignments
- about (Security Guide)
- database administrators checking (Security Guide)
- users checking (Security Guide)
- setting precedence
- multiple roles (Security Guide)
- multiple users (Security Guide)
- syntax for creating
(Security Guide)
-
access control list, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Access Control Lists
- adding and deleting members
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- available security groups
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
access control lists (ACLs)
- described
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
access control policy
- configuring with tools and components
- Oracle Label Security PL/SQL APIs (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Policy Manager (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports
- Core Database Vault Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
access control run-time PL/SQL procedures and functions
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
access control to database
- with Oracle Connection Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with sqlnet.ora parameters
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
access control to network utility packages
(Upgrade Guide)
-
access mediation
- and views
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- enforcement options
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- introduction
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- label evaluation
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- program units
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
access mode settings (transactions)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
access option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
access paths
- cluster scans
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- defined
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- execution plans
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- hash scans
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- index scans
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
access privileges
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Export and Import
(Utilities)
-
access statistics for LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
Access to Sensitive Objects Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
access URL
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
Access Violations
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
access, denying and granting
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ACCESS_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ACCESS_INTO_NULL exception
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
ACCESS_WORKSPACE privilege
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ACCESSED GLOBALLY clause
- of CREATE CONTEXT
(SQL Language Reference)
-
accessibility software, Java Access Bridge
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
accessing
- Adabas data
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- collection elements
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- gateway
- main topic (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IMS data
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB data under CICS
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB data under IMS/TM
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OraObject
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- OraObject attributes
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- referenceable instance
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- transformation libraries
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- VSAM data
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- VSAM data under CICS
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
accessing a LOB
- using the LOB APIs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
accessing Adabas data
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
-
accessing external LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
accessing IMS data
(Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
-
accessing Oracle Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Accessing PL/SQL Index-by Tables
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
accessing the OO4O Automation Server
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
accessing VSAM data
(Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
accessor methods
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
access-control lists (ACLs)
- changed behavior in 11g release 1 (11.1)
(Upgrade Guide)
-
account
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- SYSTEM
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- unlock
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ACCOUNT LOCK clause
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
account locking
- example
(Security Guide)
- explicit
(Security Guide)
- password management
(Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
-
account table
- using with Microsoft application demo
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
ACCOUNT UNLOCK clause
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
account XDB
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
accounting, RADIUS
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
accounts
- ANONYMOUS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- APEX_PUBLIC_USER
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- BI
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating for materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- CTXSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DBA operating system account
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBSNMP
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DIP
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DV_SYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- EXFSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- FLOWS_030000
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- FLOWS_FILES
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- HR
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IX
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- LBACSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- MDDATA
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- MDSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- MGMT_VIEW
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OE
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORACLE_OCM
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORDPLUGINS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORDSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OUTLN
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OWBSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PM
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- reviewing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- SCOTT
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- See database accounts
- SH
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SYS
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SYSMAN
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SYSTEM
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- unauthenticated access to
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- users SYS and SYSTEM
(Administrator's Guide)
- WK_SYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- WK_TEST
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- WKPROXY
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- WMSYS
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- XDB
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Accounts With DBA Roles Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
Accounts with SYSDBA/SYSOPER Privilege Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ACCUM operator
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
accumulate operator
(Text Reference)
- scoring
(Text Reference)
- stopword transformations
(Text Reference)
-
accuracy
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
ACE
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
ACE, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
ACL
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- See access control list
-
ACL, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
ACLCHECKPRIVILEGES function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ACLOID resource property
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
ACMS
- Atomic Controlfile to Memory Service
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ACMS processes
(Concepts)
-
ACOS function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ACQUIRE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ACROSS command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ACROSS keyword
(OLAP DML Reference)
- $AGGREGATE_FROMVAR property
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- = command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- FETCH command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- FILEREAD command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- FILEVIEW command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- HEADING command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- models
(OLAP DML Reference)
- REPORT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- ROW command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- SQL FETCH command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- SQL SELECT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
act method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
ACT networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
Action Bar
(Application Express User's Guide)
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Comment icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Export Page icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Find icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Lock icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Run Page icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Shared Components icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
action callback procedure
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- implementing various forms of rule actions
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
action contexts
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- name-value pairs
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- altering (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- querying
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- system-created rules
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
action items
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for installing the gateway
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
action program
- defined
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
action scripts
- xclock example
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ACTION_LIST networking parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
action_script
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ACTION_SCRIPT attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
actions
- about
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
-
ACTIVATE STANDBY DATABASE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
activate_standby_db_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ACTIVATE_SUBSCRIPTION Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
activating
- a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- a physical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
activating and verifying SNA server profiles
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
activating checksumming and encryption
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
active configuration
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
active database duplication
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
Active Directory
- adding and deleting security group members
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- automatic discovery of directory servers
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connecting to a database
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- how Oracle directory objects appear
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- integration with directory servers
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- managing Access Control Lists
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- managing security groups
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- requirements for using Oracle
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- testing connectivity from client computers
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- testing connectivity with SQL*Plus
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- testing database connectivity
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- user interface extensions
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Active Directory Integration
(Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
Active Directory Users and Computers
- integration with Oracle objects in Active Directory
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
active learning
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
active link
- checking for
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
active links
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ACTIVE column in link table
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
active nodes
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ACTIVE column in node table
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking for
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
active paths
- checking for
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
Active Server Pages
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
Active Server Pages (ASP)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
Active Server Pages with OO4O Automation
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
Active Session History
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- about
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- report
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- activity over time (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- activity over time (Performance Tuning Guide)
- load profile (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- load profile (Performance Tuning Guide)
- running (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- top events (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- top events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- top files (Performance Tuning Guide)
- top Java (Performance Tuning Guide)
- top latches (Performance Tuning Guide)
- top objects (Performance Tuning Guide)
- top PL/SQL (Performance Tuning Guide)
- top sessions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Top SQL (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- Top SQL (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- using (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sampled data
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- statistics
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Active Session History, Oracle RAC
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Active Session History, Top Cluster Events
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Active Session History, Top Remote Instance
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
active set
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- changing
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor movement through
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- definition
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- how identified
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- if empty
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when empty
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- when fetched from
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when no longer defined
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ACTIVE_INSTANCE_COUNT initialization parameter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ACTIVE_INSTANCES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ACTIVE_PLACEMENT attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ActiveX
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
ActiveX Control
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
activities
- in process flows
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
activity log
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
activity reports
- creating custom reports
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
activity templates
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
actual parameters
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
AD datetime format element
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
Ada
- example code
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- named parameter association
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- positional parameter association
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
Ada example for VAX/VMS
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
Adabas
- configuring data access
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring data source properties
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- data source parameters
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defining data source connection
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- exporting metadata
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- importing metadata from DDM files
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- setting up data source
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- setting up metadata
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Adabas data, accessing
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
-
Adabas, exporting metadata
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
-
adapters
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ADAPTERS utility
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
adapters utility
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
adaptive multiuser
- algorithm for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- definition
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
ADCS script
- migrating character sets in Real Application Clusters
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ADD
- atomic data types
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- decimal data types
(Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- non-atomic data types
(Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- scaled data types
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
ADD clause
- of ALTER DIMENSION
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEXTYPE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD DATAFILE clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
add instance
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
ADD LOGFILE clause
- ALTER DATABASE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD LOGFILE GROUP clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD LOGFILE MEMBER clause
- ALTER DATABASE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD LOGFILE THREAD clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
add node
- ASM instances for shared storage
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using NETCA to add a listener
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
add nodes to a cluster
- when the new nodes already have Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Database software installed
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ADD OVERFLOW clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD PARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD PRIMARY KEY clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD ROWID clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Add Standby Database wizard
- creating a broker configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- creating a standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
- definition
(Data Guard Broker)
- introduction
(Data Guard Broker)
-
ADD SUBPARTITION clause
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause of ALTER DATABASE
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause of ALTER TABLE
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG GROUP clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG GROUP clause of ALTER TABLE
- conditional log groups
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- unconditional log groups
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
ADD TEMPFILE clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD VALUES clause
- of ALTER TABLE ... MODIFY PARTITION
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD_ATTR_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
add_binding_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_COLORED_SQL Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_COLUMN member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_COLUMN procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
add_columns_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_COMPARTMENTS function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ADD_COOKIES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_COST_MATRIX
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_DEFAULT_DEST procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_DIMENSION_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
add_disk_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_EDGE function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_ELEMENTARY_ATTRIBUTE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_EVAL procedure
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_EVALUATION procedure
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_EVENT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
ADD_FIELD_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_FILE parameter
- Data Pump Export utility
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
-
ADD_FILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_FILTER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_FUNCTIONS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_GLOBAL_PROPAGATION_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_GLOBAL_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_GROUPED_COLUMN procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_GROUPS procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
add_hash_index_partition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
add_hash_partition_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
add_hash_subpartition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_INDEX procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_ISOLATED_NODE function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_LINEAR_GEOMETRY function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_LINK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
add_list_partition_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
add_list_subpartition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
add_logfile_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_LOOP function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_LRS_NODE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_MASTER_DATABASE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_MDATA procedure
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
ADD_MDATA_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_MESSAGE_PROPAGATION_RULE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_MESSAGE_RULE procedure
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_MONTHS command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ADD_MONTHS function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ADD_MONTHS SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ADD_NEW_MASTERS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_NODE function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_NODE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
add_overflow_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_PAIR member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #9] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_PATH procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_POINT_GEOMETRY function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_POLYGON_GEOMETRY function
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_PREFERENCE_FOR_OP procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_PRIORITY_CHAR procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_PRIORITY_datatype procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_PRIORITY_DATE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_PRIORITY_NUMBER procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_PRIORITY_VARCHAR2 procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_PRIVILEGE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
add_range_partition_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
add_range_subpartition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_RULE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_SCHEMA_PROPAGATION_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_SCHEMA_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_SCHEME procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_SDATA_COLUMN procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_SDATA_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_SDO_NODE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_SPECIAL_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_SQLSET_REFERENCE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_SQLWKLD_REF Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_SQLWKLD_STATEMENT Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_STOP_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_STOPCLASS procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
ADD_STOPTHEME procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
ADD_STOPWORD procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
ADD_SUB_LEXER procedure
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
-
ADD_SUBSCRIBER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_SUBSCRIBER procedure
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_SUBSET_PROPAGATION_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- row migration
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_SUBSET_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- row migration
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
add_system_partition_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
add_table_partition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ADD_TABLE_PROPAGATION_RULES procedure
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_TABLE_RULES procedure
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ADD_TOPO_GEOMETRY_LAYER procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
Add_Topo_Geometry_Layer procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_TRACE procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD_UNIQUE_COLUMN_TO_HISTORY_VIEW system parameter
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ADD_UNIQUENESS_RESOLUTION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ADD_WARNING_SETTING_CAT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_WARNING_SETTING_NUM procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADD_ZONE_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ADD2MULTI procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AddAsParentWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ADDATTR member procedure
- of ANYTYPE TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
addBatch() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
addBodyElement()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
adddefaulttypemap option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
addFaultReason()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
addHeaderElement()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
adding
- an Employees form
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- an Employees report
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- an existing RAC standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
- branches
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- breadcrumbs
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- columns
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- columns in compressed tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- columns to a table
(2 Day DBA)
- datafiles
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- disks to ASM disk groups
(2 Day DBA)
- disks to Automatic Storage Management disk group
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- end users
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- functions
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- indexes on logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- items
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- links
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- mapping operators
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- new or existing standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- online redo log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- regions
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- standby database to the broker configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- table constraints
(2 Day DBA)
- tablespaces
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- templates to a disk group
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- users
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- workspaces
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
adding a constraint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
adding a node
- root.sh script
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
adding a trace
(Text Reference)
-
adding an event
(Text Reference)
-
adding disks
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
adding metadata
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
adding nodes
- [entry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- quick-start
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Adding OCR locations
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
adding structured data
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
adding subscribers
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
ADDINSTANCE member procedure
- of ANYDATASET TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Additional Real Application Clusters documentation
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
additional Real Application Clusters documentation
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
additive conflict resolution method
(Advanced Replication)
-
ADDM
- global monitoring
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- See Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor
- see Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor
- See Automatic Database Diagnostics Monitor
-
ADDM for Oracle Real Application Clusters mode
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ADDMIMEMAPPING Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
addNODATA procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
ADDR built-in function
- use in SQLADR procedure
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
ADDREPOSITORYRESCONFIG Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADDRESCONFIG Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
address
- REF CURSOR
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
ADDRESS function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Address List Options dialog box
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
ADDRESS networking parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Reference)
-
ADDRESS procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADDRESS_LIST networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
addresses
- representing for geocoding
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
addresses of rows
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
addresses, cleansing
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
ADDSCHEMALOCMAPPING Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADDSERVLET Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADDSERVLETMAPPING Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADDSERVLETSECROLE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AddTable method
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
addtypemap option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
AddUserDefinedHint procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ADDXMLEXTENSION Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
add-in
- See Oracle Spreadsheet Add-In for Predictive Analytics
-
ADF Data Controls
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
ADF Faces
- PanelPage component
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- PanelPage with text
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
ADF Faces Core
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
ADF Faces Core Component Palette
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
adjacent nodes
- getting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
adjustCtx()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
adjusting
- initialization parameter file
- for logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ADMIN account
- changing password for Oracle HTTP Server 9.0.3
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
admin directory
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ADMIN OPTION
- about
(Security Guide)
- revoking privileges
(Security Guide)
- revoking roles
(Security Guide)
- roles
(Security Guide)
- system privileges
(Security Guide)
- with EXECUTE ANY TYPE
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
ADMIN_RESTRICTIONS_listener_name control parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
ADMIN_TABLES procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating admin table
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPAIR package
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
ADMIN11267
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADMINISTER ANY SQL TUNING SET system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADMINISTER command
(Net Services Reference)
-
ADMINISTER DATABASE TRIGGER system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADMINISTER SQL TUNING SET system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADMINISTER_RESOURCE_MANAGER system privilege
(Administrator's Guide)
-
administering
- ASM
(2 Day DBA)
- disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- services
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- services with SRVCTL
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- the Scheduler
(Administrator's Guide)
- users
(2 Day DBA)
-
administering command line SQL
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
administering instances
- with Server Management
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
administering Oracle XML DB
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
administering services
- DBCA
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Enterprise Manager
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PL/SQL
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SRVCTL
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
administration
- distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
administration groups
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
Administration list
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- About Application Express
(Application Express User's Guide)
- About Application Express link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Administration link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Change Password
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Change Password link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Manage Application Express Users
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Manage Application Express Users link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Manage Services
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Manage Services link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Monitor Activity
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Monitor Activity link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
Administration Services
- disabling access
(Application Express User's Guide)
- logging in to
(Application Express User's Guide)
- restricting access
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
administration tool
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
administrative
- accounts
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- predefined, listed (2 Day + Security Guide)
- administrator access
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- passwords
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
administrative interfaces to Oracle Streams AQ
- comparison
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
administrative request queue
(Advanced Replication)
-
administrative requests
(Advanced Replication)
- ALL_REPCATLOG view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- executing
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- errors (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- jobs (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- purging
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- states
(Advanced Replication)
- AWAIT_CALLBACK (Advanced Replication)
- DO_CALLBACK (Advanced Replication)
- ERROR (Advanced Replication)
- READY (Advanced Replication)
-
administrative subprograms
- GeoRaster
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
administrative tools
- overview and concepts
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SYSASM privilege
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
administrative user accounts
(2 Day DBA)
- SYS
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- SYSTEM
(2 Day DBA)
-
administrative user names, listed
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
administrative user passwords
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- default, importance of changing
(Security Guide)
-
administrative user, creating
(Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
Administrator
- disk space requirements
(Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
administrator
- roles
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Streams
- creating (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
administrator information views
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
Administrator installation type
(Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- about
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connecting to database
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- disk space requirements
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- response file
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- silent or noninteractive installation
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
administrator privileges
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- access
(Security Guide)
- operating system authentication
(Security Guide)
- passwords
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SYSDBA and SYSOPER access, centrally controlling
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- write, on listener.ora file
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
Administrator role
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
-
administrator username
- dropping
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft Transaction Server
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
administrator.rsp file
(Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
administrators
- for materialized view sites
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- operating system accounts
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
Administrators group, requirements for Oracle installations
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ADO
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
ADO interface and Unicode
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ADO.NET
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- backward compatibility
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ADO.NET 1.x
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ADO.NET 2.0
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- base or DbCommon classes
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DbCommon classes
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ADO.NET 2.x
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ADP
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- See Automatic Data Preparation
-
ADR
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ADRC utility
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- base location
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- described
(Net Services Reference)
- See Automatic Diagnostic Repository
- See automatic diagnostic repository
- see automatic diagnostic repository
-
ADR base
(Administrator's Guide)
- in ADRCI utility
(Utilities)
-
ADR diagnostic parameters
- cman.ora
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Reference)
- listener.ora
- ADR_BASE_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- sqlnet.ora
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Reference)
-
ADR home
(Administrator's Guide)
- in ADRCI utility
(Utilities)
-
ADR_BASE diagnostic parameter
(Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
ADR_BASE log parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
ADR_BASE_listener_name diagnostic parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
ADR_BASE_listener_name log parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
ADRCI
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ADR Command-Line Interpreter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ADR Command-Line Interpreter, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- troubleshooting
(Utilities)
-
ADRCI utility
(Administrator's Guide)
- ADR base
(Utilities)
- ADR home
(Utilities)
- batch mode
(Utilities)
- getting help
(Utilities)
- homepath
(Utilities)
- interactive mode
(Utilities)
- starting
(Utilities)
-
ADT
- See abstract data types
-
ADT. See object type
-
AdtMessage
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
adump audit files directory
(Security Guide)
-
Advanced
- configuration type
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
advanced
- preconfigured database type
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
advanced data dictionary
- See ADD
-
advanced features of Oracle Objects for OLE
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
Advanced installation method
- about
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- computers with minimum memory
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- See also Basic installation method
-
Advanced Queue see AQ
-
Advanced Queuing
(Concepts)
- and FAN
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- and Workspace Manager events
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- event publication
(Concepts)
- exporting advanced queue tables
(Utilities)
- importing advanced queue tables
(Utilities)
- publish-subscribe support
(Concepts)
- queue monitor process
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
Advanced Queuing (AQ)
- hub-and-spoke architecture support
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- IDAP
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- message management support
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- messaging scenarios
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- point-to-point support
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- publish/subscribe support
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XMLType queue payloads
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Advanced Queuing (AQ), publish-subscribe model and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
advanced queuing interfaces
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
Advanced Replication
- migrating to Streams
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
Advanced Replication interface
(Advanced Replication)
- monitoring replication
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
Advanced Replication support
- data dictionary tables
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initialization parameter requirements
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- tablespace requirements
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Advanced Security
- function of the gateway
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- purpose
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
Advanced Security for JDBC connection
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
Advanced Security Option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
advantages
- OCI
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
advantages of PL/SQL
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
ADVISE clause
- of ALTER SESSION
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ADVISE FAILURE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
ADVISE_COMMIT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADVISE_CUBE procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
ADVISE_DIMENSIONALITY function (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ADVISE_DIMENSIONALITY procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ADVISE_NOTHING procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADVISE_REL procedure
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ADVISE_REL procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ADVISE_ROLLBACK procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ADVISE_SPARSITY procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Advisor
- Data Repair
(Administrator's Guide)
- Undo
(Administrator's Guide)
-
advisor framework
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
-
ADVISOR privilege
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
ADVISOR system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
advisors
- accessing with Oracle Enterprise Manager
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- Automatic Database Diagnostics Monitor (ADDM)
(2 Day DBA)
- Buffer Cache Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- Java Pool Advisor
(Concepts)
- Logfile Size Advisor
(Concepts)
- memory
(Concepts)
- Memory Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- using (2 Day DBA)
- MTTR Advisor
(Concepts)
- Oracle Streams
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- performance
(2 Day DBA)
- PGA Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- repairing critical errors
(2 Day DBA)
- Segment Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- using (2 Day DBA)
- SGA Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- Shared Pool Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- SQL Access Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- [subentry #5] (Concepts)
- using (2 Day DBA)
- SQL Tuning Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- using (2 Day DBA)
- Streams Pool Advisor
(Concepts)
- Undo Advisor
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
-
affinity
- awareness
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel DML
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitions
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
AFFIRM attribute
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
AFTER clause
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- of CREATE TRIGGER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AFTER SUSPEND system event
(Administrator's Guide)
-
AFTER SUSPEND trigger
(Administrator's Guide)
- example of registering
(Administrator's Guide)
-
AFTER trigger
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
AFTER triggers
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- auditing and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- correlation names and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defined
(Concepts)
- specifying
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
agent
- Heterogeneous Services, definition of
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Agent class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
AGENT clause
- of CREATE LIBRARY
(SQL Language Reference)
-
agent user
- creating Messaging Gateway agent
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
agent, definition of, in publish-subscribe model
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
agent_sid
(Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
agents
- AQjms agent
- creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Database Gateways
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services
- architecture (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- disabling self-registration (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- types of agents (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- configuring agent (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- running agent on RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- shutting down agent (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- starting agent (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Database Gateway for ODBC
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
-
Aggcount variables
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGINDEX statement
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGMAP ADD model command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGMAP command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
aggmap objects
- identifying changes
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGMAP REMOVE model command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGMAP SET command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGMAPINFO command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
aggmaps
- compiling
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- in formulas
(OLAP DML Reference)
- list of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- See also aggregation specifications, allocation specifications
-
Aggregate Advisor
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
aggregate assignment
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
AGGREGATE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AGGREGATE function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
aggregate function, user-defined
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- analytic functions
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- analytic functions and external context
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE FUNCTION statement
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- creating
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- defining
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- example
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- external context
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- external context and parallel aggregation
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- implementing
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- large aggregation contexts
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregate interface
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregateDelete
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregateInitialize
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregateIterate
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregateMerge
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregateTerminate
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ODCIAggregateWrapContext
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- parallel evaluation
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- reuse for analytic functions
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- using
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- using materialized views
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
aggregate function,user-defined
- ODCI_AGGREGATE_REUSE_CTX
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
aggregate functions
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- and PL/SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- description
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- reference information
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_CONCAT_LINES
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_LRS_CONCAT
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_MBR
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_UNION
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDOAGGRTYPE object type
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- See user-defined aggregate functions
- statement transparency in distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- user-defined, creating
(SQL Language Reference)
-
aggregate interface
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
aggregates
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- by instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- by services
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- by waits
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- computability check
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
AGGREGATES_FOR_GEOMETRY function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
AGGREGATES_FOR_LAYER function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
aggregating data
- caching
(OLAP DML Reference)
- formulas for
(OLAP DML Reference)
- on-the-fly
(OLAP DML Reference)
- partitioned variables
(OLAP DML Reference)
- precomputing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- See also aggregation specifications
- specifying a relation for
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using an Aggcount variable
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using an aggmap object
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using TCONVERT
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
aggregating generated XML data
- XSQL Servlet and SQL function XMLAgg
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
aggregation
- average operator
(OLAP User's Guide)
- calculated measures
(OLAP User's Guide)
- definition
(OLAP User's Guide)
- hierarchical average operator
(OLAP User's Guide)
- in analytic workspaces
(OLAP DML Reference)
- over attributes
(OLAP User's Guide)
- sum operator
(OLAP User's Guide)
- weighted operators
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AGGREGATION function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
aggregation operators
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
aggregation order
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
aggregation percentages
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
aggregation specifications
- compiling
(OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- models in
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also aggregating data
- writing
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Aggregation step (cube scripts)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AggregationCommand objects
- example of creating
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
aggregations
- identifying changes
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
agtctl
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- commands
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- shell mode commands
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- single-line command mode
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
AIFF data formats
(Multimedia Reference)
-
AIFF-C data formats
(Multimedia Reference)
-
AIX
- activating profiles
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- AIX_RS6K, default value for DRDA_LOCAL_NODE_NAME
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- configuring SNA
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating mode profiles
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- processing inbound connections
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA conversation security
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security option SECURITY =SAME
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security option SECURITY=NONE
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security option SECURITY=PROGRAM
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security validation
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- System Management Interface Tool
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
AIX-based communications package
- SNA server
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
AL16UTF16 character set
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #7] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
AL24UTFFSS character set
(Globalization Support Guide)
- upgrade considerations
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
AL32UTF8 character set
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #4] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- [entry #6] (Text Reference)
- [entry #7] (Text Reference)
- [entry #8] (Text Reference)
- upgrade considerations
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ALER TABLE
- UPDATE GLOBAL INDEXES
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
-
alert administration
- Enterprise Manager
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
alert blackouts
- Enterprise Manager
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
alert files
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
alert log
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Concepts)
- Oracle Streams entries
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo logs
(Concepts)
- size of
(Administrator's Guide)
- Streams best practices
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- using
(Administrator's Guide)
- when written
(Administrator's Guide)
-
alert logs
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- managing
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring a database
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
alert messages
- CRSD
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Event Manager (EVM)
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- log file location
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
alert thresholds
- setting for locally managed tablespaces
(Administrator's Guide)
-
alerts
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- clearing
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- default
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle Streams
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- performance
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- purging
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- responding to
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- reviewing critical errors
(2 Day DBA)
- server-generated
(Administrator's Guide)
- threshold-based
(Administrator's Guide)
- viewing
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALGO_NAME
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
algorithm for composite values
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
algorithms
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- Apriori
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Decision Tree
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Generalized Linear Models
(Data Mining Concepts)
- k-Means
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Minimum Description Length
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Naive Bayes
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Non-Negative Matrix Factorization
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- O-Cluster
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- supervised
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Support Vector Machines
(Data Mining Concepts)
- unsupervised
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
alias
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- adding to LDAP server
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DB2
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- deleting from LDAP server
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for a column
(SQL Language Reference)
- for an expressions in a view query
(SQL Language Reference)
- parameters
- alias (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- obj_location (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- qualifying subqueries (inline views)
(Concepts)
- specifying in queries and subqueries
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALIAS clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in ATTRIBUTE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
alias dimension
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
alias dimensions
- base dimensions (list of)
(OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- limiting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- populating
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving list of
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Alias library
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
alias method
- description
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
alias objects, DB2
- known restrictions
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
alias_file_name
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
aliases
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- directory
- exporting (Utilities)
- importing (Utilities)
- dropping from a disk group
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- for analytic workspaces
(OLAP DML Reference)
- for analytic workspaces. See analytic workspace aliases
- for columns
- updatable materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- for dimensions See alias dimensions
- managing Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- required for tables
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SEM_ALIASES and SEM_ALIAS data types
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- using with a select list
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
aliases, multiple on computers
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
aliasing
- for expression values in a cursor FOR loop
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parameters
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of SELECT
(SQL Language Reference)
- of SET CONSTRAINTS
(SQL Language Reference)
- of SET ROLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL EXCEPT clause
- of SET ROLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
all node patching
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
ALL operator
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL PRIVILEGES clause
- of GRANT
(SQL Language Reference)
- of REVOKE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL PRIVILEGES shortcut
- of AUDIT
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL row operator
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL shortcut
- of AUDIT
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_ views
(Concepts)
-
ALL_ALL_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ANNOTATION_TEXT_METADATA view
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_APPLY view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_CONFLICT_COLUMNS view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_DML_HANDLERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_ENQUEUE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_ERROR view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_EXECUTE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_KEY_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_PARAMETERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_PROGRESS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_APPLY_TABLE_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ARGUMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ASSEMBLIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ASSOCIATIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_AUDIT_POLICIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_AUDIT_POLICY_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_AW_OBJ view
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
ALL_AW_PROP view
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
ALL_AW_PS view
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_AWS view
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_BASE_TABLE_MVIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CAPTURE view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_CAPTURE_EXTRA_ATTRIBUTES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CAPTURE_PARAMETERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CAPTURE_PREPARED_DATABASE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CAPTURE_PREPARED_SCHEMAS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CAPTURE_PREPARED_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CATALOG view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_CHANGE_PROPAGATION_SETS view
(Reference)
- CHANGE_PROPAGATION_SETS synonym
(Reference)
-
ALL_CHANGE_PROPAGATIONS view
(Reference)
- CHANGE_PROPAGATIONS synonym
(Reference)
-
ALL_CHANGE_SETS view
(Reference)
- CHANGE_SETS synonym
(Reference)
-
ALL_CHANGE_SOURCES view
(Reference)
- CHANGE_SOURCES synonym
(Reference)
-
ALL_CHANGE_TABLES view
(Reference)
- CHANGE_TABLES synonym
(Reference)
-
ALL_CLUSTER_HASH_EXPRESSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CLUSTERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_COL_COMMENTS data dictionary view
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_COL_COMMENTS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_COL_PENDING_STATS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_COL_PRIVS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_COL_PRIVS_MADE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_COL_PRIVS_RECD view
(Reference)
-
ALL_COLL_TYPES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CON_COLUMNS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
ALL_CONS_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CONS_OBJ_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CONSTRAINTS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_CONTEXT view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CONTROL option
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_CUBE_ATTR_VISIBILITY view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_ATTRIBUTES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_BUILD_PROCESSES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_CALCULATED_MEMBERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_DIM_LEVELS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_DIM_MODELS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_DIM_VIEW_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_DIM_VIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_DIMENSIONALITY view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_DIMENSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_HIER_LEVELS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_HIER_VIEW_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_HIER_VIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_HIERARCHIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_MEASURES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_VIEW_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBE_VIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_CUBES view
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_DB_LINKS data dictionary view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
ALL_DB_LINKS view
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
ALL_DEF_AUDIT_OPTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DEPENDENCIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DEQUEUE_QUEUES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIM_ATTRIBUTES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIM_CHILD_OF view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIM_HIERARCHIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIM_JOIN_KEY view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIM_LEVEL_KEY view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIM_LEVELS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIMENSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_DIRECTORIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ENCRYPTED_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ERRORS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_EVALUATION_CONTEXT_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_EVALUATION_CONTEXT_VARS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_EVALUATION_CONTEXTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_EXTERNAL_LOCATIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_EXTERNAL_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_FILE_GROUP_EXPORT_INFO view
(Reference)
-
ALL_FILE_GROUP_FILES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_FILE_GROUP_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_FILE_GROUP_TABLESPACES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_FILE_GROUP_VERSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_FILE_GROUPS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IDENTIFIERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IND_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IND_EXPRESSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IND_PARTITIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IND_PENDING_STATS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IND_STATISTICS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_IND_SUBPARTITIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_INDEXES view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_INDEXTYPE_ARRAYTYPES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_INDEXTYPE_COMMENTS data dictionary view
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_INDEXTYPE_COMMENTS view
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_INDEXTYPE_OPERATORS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_INDEXTYPES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_INTERNAL_TRIGGERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_ARGUMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_CLASSES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_COMPILER_OPTIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_DERIVATIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_FIELDS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_IMPLEMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_INNERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_LAYOUTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_METHODS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_NCOMPS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_RESOLVERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JAVA_THROWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JOBS synonym for USER_JOBS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_JOIN_IND_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LIBRARIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LOB_PARTITIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LOB_SUBPARTITIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LOB_TEMPLATES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LOBS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LOG_GROUP_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_LOG_GROUPS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MEASURE_FOLDER_CONTENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MEASURE_FOLDERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_METHOD_PARAMS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_METHOD_RESULTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MINING_MODEL_ATTRIBUTES
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_MINING_MODEL_ATTRIBUTES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MINING_MODEL_ATTRIBUTES, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_MINING_MODEL_SETTINGS
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_MINING_MODEL_SETTINGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MINING_MODEL_SETTINGS, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_MINING_MODELS
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_MINING_MODELS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MINING_MODELS, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_MP_GRAPH_WORKSPACES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_MP_PARENT_WORKSPACES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_MVIEW_AGGREGATES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_ANALYSIS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_COMMENTS data dictionary view
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_COMMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_DETAIL_PARTITION view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_DETAIL_RELATIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_DETAIL_SUBPARTITION view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_JOINS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_KEYS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_LOGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEW_REFRESH_TIMES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_MVIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_NESTED_TABLE_COLS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_NESTED_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OBJ_COLATTRS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OBJECT_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OBJECTS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_OBJECTS, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_OPANCILLARY view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OPARGUMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OPBINDINGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OPERATOR_COMMENTS data dictionary view
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_OPERATOR_COMMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OPERATORS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OUTLINE_HINTS synonym for USER_OUTLINE_HINTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OUTLINE_HINTS view
- stored outline hints
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
ALL_OUTLINES synonym for USER_OUTLINES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_OUTLINES view
- stored outlines
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
ALL_PART_COL_STATISTICS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PART_HISTOGRAMS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PART_INDEXES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PART_KEY_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PART_LOBS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PART_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PARTIAL_DROP_TABS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PATHS procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_PENDING_CONV_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_POLICIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_POLICY_CONTEXTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_POLICY_GROUPS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PROCEDURES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PROPAGATION view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_PUBLISHED_COLUMNS synonym for USER_PUBLISHED_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_PUBLISHED_COLUMNS view
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
ALL_QUEUE_SUBSCRIBERS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
ALL_QUEUE_SUBSCRIBERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_QUEUE_TABLES
- Queue Tables Queue Accessible to the Current User
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
ALL_QUEUE_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_QUEUES
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
ALL_QUEUES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REFRESH view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REFRESH_CHILDREN view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REFRESH_DEPENDENCIES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REFS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REGISTERED_MVIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REGISTRY_BANNERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REMOVED_WORKSPACES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_REPCAT view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REPCAT_REFRESH_TEMPLATES view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_OBJECTS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_PARMS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_SITES view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCAT_USER_AUTHORIZATIONS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCAT_USER_PARM_VALUES view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCATLOG view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- administrative requests
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALL_REPCOLUMN view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCOLUMN_GROUP view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPCONFLICT view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPDDL view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPFLAVOR_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REPFLAVOR_OBJECTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REPFLAVORS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REPGENERATED view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REPGENOBJECTS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPGROUP view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPGROUP_PRIVILEGES view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPGROUPED_COLUMN view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPKEY_COLUMNS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPOBJECT view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPPARAMETER_COLUMN view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPPRIORITY view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPPRIORITY_GROUP view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPPROP view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPRESOL_STATS_CONTROL view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPRESOLUTION view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPRESOLUTION_METHOD view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- gathering statistics
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALL_REPSCHEMA view
(Reference)
-
ALL_REPSITES view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_REWRITE_EQUIVALENCES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_ROWS hint
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_RULE_SET_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_RULE_SETS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SA_AUDIT_OPTIONS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_COMPARTMENTS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_DATA_LABELS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_GROUPS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_LABELS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_LEVELS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_POLICIES view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_PROG_PRIVS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_SCHEMA_POLICIES view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_TABLE_POLICIES view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_USER_LABELS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_USER_LEVELS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_USER_PRIVS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SA_USERS view
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_CHAIN_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_CHAIN_STEPS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_CHAINS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_CREDENTIALS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_JOB_ARGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_JOB_CLASSES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_JOB_LOG view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_JOB_RUN_DETAILS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_JOBS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_PROGRAM_ARGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_PROGRAMS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_REMOTE_DATABASES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_REMOTE_JOBSTATE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_CHAINS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_SCHEDULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_WINDOW_DETAILS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_WINDOW_GROUPS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_WINDOW_LOG view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_WINDOWS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SCHEDULER_WINGROUP_MEMBERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SDO_GEOM_METADATA view
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_GEOR_SYSDATA view
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_INDEX_INFO view
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_INDEX_METADATA view
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_NETWORK_CONSTRAINTS view
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_NETWORK_METADATA view
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_NETWORK_USER_DATA view
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_TOPO_INFO view
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SDO_TOPO_METADATA view
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_SEC_RELEVANT_COLS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SECONDARY_OBJECTS view
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_SEQUENCES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SERVICES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SOURCE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SOURCE_TABLES synonym for USER_SOURCE_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLJ_TYPE_ATTRS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLJ_TYPE_METHODS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLJ_TYPES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLSET view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLSET_BINDS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLSET_PLANS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLSET_REFERENCES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SQLSET_STATEMENTS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STAT_EXTENSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STORED_SETTINGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_COLUMNS view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_GLOBAL_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_MESSAGE_CONSUMERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_MESSAGE_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_NEWLY_SUPPORTED view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_RULES view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_SCHEMA_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_TABLE_RULES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_TRANSFORM_FUNCTION view
(Reference)
-
ALL_STREAMS_UNSUPPORTED view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_SUBPART_COL_STATISTICS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUBPART_HISTOGRAMS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUBPART_KEY_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUBPARTITION_TEMPLATES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUBSCRIBED_COLUMNS synonym for USER_SUBSCRIBED_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUBSCRIBED_TABLES synonym for USER_SUBSCRIBED_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUBSCRIPTIONS synonym for USER_SUBSCRIPTIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SUMDELTA view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SYNC_CAPTURE view
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_SYNC_CAPTURE_PREPARED_TABS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SYNC_CAPTURE_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_SYNONYMS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_COL_STATISTICS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_COLS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_COMMENTS data dictionary view
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_COMMENTS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_HISTGRM_PENDING_STATS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_HISTOGRAMS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_MODIFICATIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_PARTITIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_PENDING_STATS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_PRIVS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_PRIVS_MADE view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_PRIVS_RECD view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_STAT_PREFS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_STATISTICS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_STATS_HISTORY view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TAB_SUBPARTITIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TABLES view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_TRIGGER_COLS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TRIGGER_ORDERING view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TRIGGERS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TYPE_ATTRS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TYPE_METHODS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TYPE_VERSIONS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_TYPES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_UNUSED_COL_TABS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_UPDATABLE_COLUMNS view
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_USERS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_USTATS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_VARRAYS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_VERSION_HVIEW view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_VIEWS view
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
ALL_WARNING_SETTINGS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_WM_CONS_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_CONSTRAINTS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_IND_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_IND_EXPRESSIONS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_LOCKED_TABLES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_MODIFIED_TABLES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_RIC_INFO view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_TAB_TRIGGERS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_VERSIONED_TABLES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WM_VT_ERRORS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WORKSPACE_PRIVS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WORKSPACE_SAVEPOINTS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_WORKSPACES view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALL_XML_INDEXES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_XML_SCHEMAS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_XML_TAB_COLS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_XML_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
ALL_XML_VIEW_COLS view
(Reference)
-
ALL_XML_VIEWS view
(Reference)
-
ALLCOMPILE program
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
alloc()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
ALLOCATE
- allocating a cursor variable
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ALLOCATE CHANNEL command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- and shared server
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FOR MAINTENANCE option
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- MAXPIECESIZE option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
ALLOCATE command
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ALLOCATE EXTENT clause
- of ALTER CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- instance number (Reference)
-
ALLOCATE SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ALLOCATE SQL statements
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ALLOCATE statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use with ROWID
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
allocate_extent_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALLOCATE_UNIQUE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
allocating
- cursor variables
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cursors
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- thread context
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
allocating cursor variables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
allocating data
- See also allocation specifications
- using an aggmap object
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using TCONVERT
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
allocating, cursors
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
allocation
- extents
(Administrator's Guide)
- of memory
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- PCM locks
(Reference)
-
allocation duration
- example
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of objects
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
allocation specifications
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- See also allocating data
- writing
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
allocation units
- different sizes enabled by compatibility attributes
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
ALLOCERRLOGFORMAT option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ALLOCERRLOGHEADER option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ALLOCMAP command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ALLOW ... CORRUPTION clause, RECOVER command
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
ALLOW CORRUPTION clause
- of ALTER DATABASE ... RECOVER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALLOW_CAPTURE_EVENTS system parameter
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALLOW_MULTI_PARENT_WORKSPACES system parameter
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ALLOW_NESTED_TABLE_COLUMNS system parameter
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
AllowMoveLast property
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
ALLSTAT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
alpha (opacity) value
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER ANY CLUSTER system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY CUBE DIMENSION system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY CUBE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY DIMENSION system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY INDEX system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY MINING MODEL
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER ANY MINING MODEL system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY OPERATOR system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY OUTLINE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY PROCEDURE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY ROLE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY SEQUENCE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY SQL PROFILE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY TABLE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY TRIGGER system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ANY TYPE privilege
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- See also privileges
-
ALTER ANY TYPE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER AUTHORIZATION
- changing password
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ALTER CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- ALLOCATE EXTENT clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- using for hash clusters
(Administrator's Guide)
- using for index clusters
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER command
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ALTER DATABASE ADD LOGFILE statement
- using Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER DATABASE ARCHIVELOG command
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ALTER DATABASE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
ALTER DATABASE RECOVER MANAGED STANDBY statement
- enabling real-time query
(High Availability Overview)
-
ALTER DATABASE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- ABORT LOGICAL STANDBY clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ACTIVATE STANDBY DATABASE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ADD LOGFILE
(Reference)
- ADD LOGFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ADD LOGFILE MEMBER clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ADD STANDBY LOGFILE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ADD STANDBY LOGFILE MEMBER clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ARCHIVELOG clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- CLEAR LOGFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CLEAR UNARCHIVED LOGFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- CLEAR UNARCHIVED LOGFILES clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE DATAFILE AS clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- REUSE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database partially available to users
(Administrator's Guide)
- DATAFILE...OFFLINE DROP clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- datafiles online or offline
(Administrator's Guide)
- DROP LOGFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DROP LOGFILE MEMBER clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- DROP STANDBY LOGFILE MEMBER clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ENABLE THREAD
(Reference)
- END BACKUP clause
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- MOUNT clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- MOUNT STANDBY DATABASE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- NOARCHIVELOG clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- OPEN clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- OPEN READ ONLY clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- OPEN RESETLOGS clause
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PREPARE TO SWITCHOVER clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- READ ONLY clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- RECOVER clause
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RECOVER MANAGED STANDBY DATABASE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- background process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- canceling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- controlling Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- controlling Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- foreground session (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initiating failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overriding the delay interval (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting real time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- REGISTER LOGFILE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- RENAME FILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- RESETLOGS option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SET STANDBY DATABASE clause
- TO MAXIMIZE AVAILABILITY clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TO MAXIMIZE PERFORMANCE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TO MAXIMIZE PROTECTION clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- START LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- IMMEDIATE keyword (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- STOP LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tempfiles online or offline
(Administrator's Guide)
- THREAD
(Reference)
- UNRECOVERABLE DATAFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER DATABASE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER DIMENSION statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER DISKGROUP command
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER DISKGROUP statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER FLASHBACK ARCHIVE statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER FUNCTION statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER INDEX
- Add Section Constraints
(Text Reference)
-
ALTER INDEX REBUILD statement
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER INDEX RENAME TO statement
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER INDEX statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #7] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Text Reference)
- COALESCE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- examples
(Text Reference)
- for maintaining partitioned indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- MONITORING USAGE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- partition attributes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- REBUILD clause
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- rebuild syntax
(Text Reference)
- rebuilding index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- rename syntax
(Text Reference)
- RENAME TO clause
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- resuming failed index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax overview
(Text Reference)
-
ALTER INDEXTYPE statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER JAVA CLASS statement
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER JAVA SOURCE statement
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER JAVA statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW statement
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER MINING MODEL
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER object privilege
- on a mining model
(SQL Language Reference)
- on a sequence
(SQL Language Reference)
- on a table
(SQL Language Reference)
- on an OLAP cube
(SQL Language Reference)
- on an OLAP cube dimension
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER OPERATOR statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER OUTLINE statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER PACKAGE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER privilege statement
- SQL statements permitted
(Security Guide)
-
ALTER PROCEDURE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER PROFILE statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- password management
(Security Guide)
-
ALTER PROFILE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER RESOURCE COST statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
-
ALTER RESOURCE COST system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ROLE statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- changing authorization method
(Security Guide)
- monitoring
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER SEQUENCE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER SESSION
- Enabling resumable space allocation
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER SESSION commands
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ALTER SESSION DISABLE GUARD statement
- overriding the database guard
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ALTER SESSION privilege
- reports, ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- trace files, enabling
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER SESSION statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #12] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #13] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #14] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #15] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #16] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #17] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #18] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #19] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #20] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #21] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #22] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #23] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #24] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #25] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #26] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #27] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #28] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #29] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #30] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #31] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #32] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #33] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #34] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #35] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #36] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #37] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #38] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #39] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #40] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #41] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #42] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #43] (Concepts)
- [entry #44] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #45] (SQL Language Reference)
- ADVISE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- CLOSE DATABASE LINK clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ENABLE GUARD clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ENABLE PARALLEL DML clause
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- examples
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- FORCE PARALLEL DDL clause
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- create or rebuild index (Data Warehousing Guide)
- create or rebuild index (Data Warehousing Guide)
- create table as select (Data Warehousing Guide)
- create table as select (Data Warehousing Guide)
- move or split partition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- move or split partition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- FORCE PARALLEL DML clause
- insert (Data Warehousing Guide)
- insert (Data Warehousing Guide)
- insert (Data Warehousing Guide)
- update and delete (Data Warehousing Guide)
- update and delete (Data Warehousing Guide)
- update and delete (Data Warehousing Guide)
- guidelines on managing privileges
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- schema, setting current
(Security Guide)
- SET CONSTRAINTS DEFERRED clause
(Concepts)
- SET NLS_CURRENCY clause
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- SET NLS_LANGUAGE clause
(Globalization Support Guide)
- SET NLS_NUMERIC_CHARACTERS clause
(Globalization Support Guide)
- SET NLS_TERRITORY clause
(Globalization Support Guide)
- SET SESSION_CACHED_CURSORS clause
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- SET SQL_TRACE initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting time zone
(Administrator's Guide)
- transaction isolation level
(Concepts)
-
ALTER session statement
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
ALTER SESSION system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER SNAPSHOT LOG. See ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
-
ALTER SNAPSHOT. See ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
-
ALTER statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
ALTER statements
- triggers on
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE LOG CURRENT statement
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE LOG statement
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- INSTANCE option
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM CHECKPOINT LOCAL statement
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM CHECKPOINT statement
- global versus local
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- specifying an instance
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM KILL SESSION statement
- terminating a session on a specific instance
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM privilege
- reports, ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM QUIESCE RESTRICTED statement
- quiescing a single-instance database
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM SET command
- closing encryption wallets
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- opening encryption wallets
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- opening HSM wallets
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting master encryption key
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM statement
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- ARCHIVE ALL option
- using to archive online redo logs (Concepts)
- ARCHIVE LOG ALL clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ARCHIVE LOG CURRENT clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CHECKPOINT clause
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- controlling with command rules
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE DISTRIBUTED RECOVERY clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- dynamic parameters
- LOG_ARCHIVE_MAX_PROCESSES (Concepts)
- ENABLE DISTRIBUTED RECOVERY clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ENABLE RESTRICTED SESSION clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling Database Resource Manager
(Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines on managing privileges
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- KILL SESSION clause
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- QUIESCE RESTRICTED
(Administrator's Guide)
- RESUME clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SCOPE clause for SET
(Administrator's Guide)
- SET RESOURCE_MANAGER_PLAN
(Administrator's Guide)
- SET SHARED_SERVERS initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting initialization parameters
(Administrator's Guide)
- starting the broker
(Data Guard Broker)
- SUSPEND clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SWITCH LOGFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- UNQUIESCE
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM SWITCH LOGFILE statement
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ALTER SYSTEM system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER TABLE
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- Composite Domain Index and
(Text Reference)
- MODIFY DEFAULT ATTRIBUTES FOR PARTITION clause
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- See also object types, evolving
- UPDATE GLOBAL INDEXES
(Text Reference)
-
ALTER TABLE ... DISABLE ALL TRIGGERS statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER TABLE ... ENABLE ALL TRIGGERS statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN command, Preface
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER TABLE MODIFY statement
- migrating from CHAR to NCHAR
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
ALTER TABLE parameters for SECUREFILE LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER TABLE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #12] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #13] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #14] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #15] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #16] (Text Reference)
- ADD (column) clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- conditional log groups (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- unconditional log groups (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG GROUP clause
- conditional log groups (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- unconditional log groups (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ALLOCATE EXTENT clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- allocating extents
(Reference)
- CACHE clause
(Concepts)
- DEALLOCATE UNUSED clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- DISABLE ALL TRIGGERS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE integrity constraint clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- disable or enable constraints
(Concepts)
- DROP COLUMN clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- DROP integrity constraint clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG GROUP clause
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DROP UNUSED COLUMNS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ENABLE ALL TRIGGERS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- ENABLE integrity constraint clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- external tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- for maintaining partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- MODIFY (column) clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- MODIFY DEFAULT ATTRIBUTES clause
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying index-organized table attributes
(Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- MOVE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING clause
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- reasons for use
(Administrator's Guide)
- RENAME COLUMN clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- SET UNUSED clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- triggers
(Concepts)
- validate or novalidate constraints
(Concepts)
-
ALTER TABLESPACE statement
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- adding an Oracle-managed datafile, example
(Administrator's Guide)
- adding an Oracle-managed tempfile, example
(Administrator's Guide)
- BEGIN BACKUP clause
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- END BACKUP option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ONLINE clause, example
(Administrator's Guide)
- READ ONLY clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- READ WRITE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- RENAME DATAFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- RENAME TO clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- taking datafiles/tempfiles online/offline
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER TABLESPACE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER TRIGGER ... COMPILE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER TRIGGER ... DISABLE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER TRIGGER ... ENABLE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ALTER TRIGGER statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- ENABLE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER TYPE statement
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- See also object types, evolving
-
ALTER USER command
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ALTER USER privilege
(Security Guide)
-
ALTER USER statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- default roles
(Security Guide)
- explicit account unlocking
(Security Guide)
- GRANT CONNECT THROUGH clause
(Security Guide)
- monitoring
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- passwords, changing
(Security Guide)
- passwords, expiring
(Security Guide)
- profiles, changing
(Security Guide)
- REVOKE CONNECT THROUGH clause
(Security Guide)
- temporary segments
(Concepts)
- user profile
(Security Guide)
-
ALTER USER system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER VIEW statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ALTER_AGENT Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_APPLY procedure
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing a rule set
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing the DDL handler
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing the tag value
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting an apply user
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting the DDL handler
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting the message handler
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting the precommit handler
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting the tag value
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- specifying a rule set
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting the message handler
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting the precommit handler
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
alter_attribute_definition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_CAPTURE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing a rule set
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting a capture user
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting the first SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying a rule set
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying database link use
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ALTER_CATCHUP_PARAMETERS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
alter_collection_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_COMPARTMENT procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_COMPARTMENTS procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_COMPILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
alter_datafile_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
alter_external_table_clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
alter_external_table_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_FILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_FILE_GROUP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_GROUP procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_GROUP_PARENT
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_GROUP_PARENT procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_GROUPS function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_GROUPS procedure
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
alter_index_partitioning
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
alter_interval_partitioning
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
alter_iot_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_JOB Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_LABEL function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_LEVEL procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
alter_mapping_table_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_MASTER_PROPAGATION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
alter_method_spec
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure for TIB/Rendezvous
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure for WebSphere MQ
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
alter_mv_refresh
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_MVIEW_PROPAGATION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
alter_overflow_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_PARAM Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_PHRASE procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ALTER_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ALTER_PRIORITY procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_PRIORITY_CHAR procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_PRIORITY_datatype procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_PRIORITY_DATE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_PRIORITY_NUMBER procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_PRIORITY_RAW procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_PROPAGATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing the rule set
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying the rule set
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ALTER_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_REVERSE_EXPRESSION
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
ALTER_REVERSE_EXPRESSION Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_REWRITE_EQUIVALENCE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_RULE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ALTER_SCHEMA_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
alter_session_set_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_SITE_PRIORITY procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_SQL_PATCH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_SQL_PLAN_BASELINE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_SQL_PROFILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_STATS_HISTORY_RETENTION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_SUBSCRIBER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER_SYNC_CAPTURE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting a capture user
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
alter_system_reset_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
alter_system_security_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
alter_system_set_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_TABLE_NOT_REFERENCEABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
alter_table_partitioning
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
alter_table_properties
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_TABLE_REFERENCEABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
alter_tempfile_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_TEMPLATE_PARM procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_THESAURUS procedure
(Text Reference)
-
ALTER_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ALTER_USER_PARM_VALUE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
alter_varray_col_properties
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ALTER_VERSION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ALTER...COMPILE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
altering
- (Scheduler) windows
(Administrator's Guide)
- AQ agents
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- chain steps
(Administrator's Guide)
- event schedule
(Administrator's Guide)
- event-based job
(Administrator's Guide)
- job classes
(Administrator's Guide)
- jobs
(Administrator's Guide)
- programs
(Administrator's Guide)
- propagations
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- properties
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- queue tables
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queues
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- savepoint description
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- schedules
(Administrator's Guide)
- states
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- subscribers
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformations
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- version-enabled table to add valid time support
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- workspace description
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
altering constraints
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
altering dimensions
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
altering indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
altering subprograms
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
altering users
(Security Guide)
-
alternate archive destinations
- setting up initialization parameters for
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ALTERNATE attribute
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_STATE_n initialization parameter
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
alternate grammar template
(Text Reference)
-
alternate language template
(Text Reference)
-
alternate scoring template
(Text Reference)
-
alternate spelling
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- about
(Text Reference)
- base letter
(Text Reference)
- Danish
(Text Reference)
- disabling example
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- enabling example
(Text Reference)
- German
(Text Reference)
- normalized vs. original
(Text Reference)
- overriding
(Text Reference)
- Swedish
(Text Reference)
-
alternate_spelling attribute
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
AlternateLocation property
(Data Guard Broker)
- setting log apply services
(Data Guard Broker)
-
alternative environments, support
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
alternative grammar
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
alternative grammar template
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
alternative scoring
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
alternative scoring template
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
AlterSavepoint procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
AlterVersionedTable procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
AlterWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
AM datetime format element
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
AMATCH function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AMD 64
- software requirements for
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
American
- index defaults
(Text Reference)
-
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- datatypes
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- conversion to Oracle datatypes (Concepts)
- conversion to Oracle datatypes (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- conversion to Oracle datatypes (SQL Language Reference)
- standards
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- supported datatypes
(SQL Language Reference)
-
american_america_us7ascii
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
amortization
- calculating
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
amount
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
amount parameter
- used with BFILEs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
ampersand &(amp;) operator
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ampersand substitution
- example of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- program arguments and
(OLAP DML Reference)
- QDR with
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- using to pass arguments
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
ampersands &(amp;)
- in parameters
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitution variables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
analyse_histgrm.sql script
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
analyse_rule.sql script
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
analyse_source.sql script
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
analysis tools
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- described
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
analytic capabilities
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
analytic functions
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- AVG
(SQL Language Reference)
- concepts
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- CORR
(SQL Language Reference)
- COUNT
(SQL Language Reference)
- COVAR_POP
(SQL Language Reference)
- COVAR_SAMP
(SQL Language Reference)
- CUME_DIST
(SQL Language Reference)
- DENSE_RANK
(SQL Language Reference)
- FIRST
(SQL Language Reference)
- FIRST_VALUE
(SQL Language Reference)
- LAG
(SQL Language Reference)
- LAST
(SQL Language Reference)
- LAST_VALUE
(SQL Language Reference)
- LEAD
(SQL Language Reference)
- MAX
(SQL Language Reference)
- MIN
(SQL Language Reference)
- NTILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- OVER clause
(SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENT_CONT
(SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENT_DISC
(SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK
(SQL Language Reference)
- RANK
(SQL Language Reference)
- RATIO_TO_REPORT
(SQL Language Reference)
- ROW_NUMBER
(SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV
(SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV_POP
(SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV_SAMP
(SQL Language Reference)
- SUM
(SQL Language Reference)
- syntax
(SQL Language Reference)
- user-defined
(SQL Language Reference)
- VAR_POP
(SQL Language Reference)
- VAR_SAMP
(SQL Language Reference)
- VARIANCE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
analytic processing
- materialized views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
analytic SQL
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
analytic workspace
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
analytic workspace aliases
- creating
(OLAP DML Reference)
- definition of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Analytic Workspace Manager
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- installation
(OLAP User's Guide)
- opening
(OLAP User's Guide)
- using
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
analytic workspace object security
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
analytic workspace security
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
analytic workspaces
- accessing from SQL
(OLAP DML Reference)
- aggregation
(OLAP DML Reference)
- aliases. See analytic workspace aliases
- attached (list of)
(OLAP DML Reference)
- attaching
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- building
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- building, example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- content summary, displaying
(OLAP DML Reference)
- converting to 10g storage format
(OLAP DML Reference)
- creating
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- current
(OLAP DML Reference)
- database storage
(OLAP User's Guide)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting objects from
(OLAP DML Reference)
- detaching
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- disk space consumption
(OLAP User's Guide)
- enhancing functionality
(OLAP User's Guide)
- exporting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- identifying active
(OLAP DML Reference)
- importing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- importing from Oracle 9i
(OLAP DML Reference)
- listing
(OLAP User's Guide)
- naming
(OLAP DML Reference)
- obtaining information about
(OLAP DML Reference)
- partitioning
(OLAP DML Reference)
- permission programs for
(OLAP DML Reference)
- sample
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- segmenting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- sharing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- size
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- storage format
(OLAP DML Reference)
- updating
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
analytic_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ANALYZE ANY system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ANALYZE CLUSTER statement
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ANALYZE command
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ANALYZE Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANALYZE INDEX statement
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ANALYZE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANALYZE statement
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- [entry #7] (Reference)
- [entry #8] (Reference)
- [entry #9] (Reference)
- [entry #10] (Reference)
- [entry #11] (Reference)
- [entry #12] (Reference)
- [entry #13] (Reference)
- [entry #14] (Reference)
- [entry #15] (Reference)
- [entry #16] (Reference)
- [entry #17] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CASCADE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- CASCADE clause, FAST option
(Administrator's Guide)
- corruption reporting
(Administrator's Guide)
- listing chained rows
(Administrator's Guide)
- remote tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- shared pool
(Concepts)
- validating structure
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
Analyze step (cube scripts)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
ANALYZE TABLE statement
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ANALYZE_CURRENT_PERFORMANCE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ANALYZE_CURRENT_STATISTICS procedure
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ANALYZE_DB Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANALYZE_INST Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANALYZE_PART_OBJECT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANALYZE_PARTIAL Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANALYZER process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
analyzer statistics
(Utilities)
-
analyzing queries
(Text Reference)
-
analyzing redo log files
(Utilities)
-
analyzing schema objects
(Administrator's Guide)
-
analyzing tables
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- distributed processing
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ancestors attribute
- method for getting
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
ANCHOR function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANCHOR procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANCHOR2 function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANCHOR2 procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ancillary binding
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
ANCILLARY TO clause
- of CREATE OPERATOR
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AND condition
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- for simple subquery materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
-
AND DATAFILES clause
- of DROP TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
AND operator
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- stopword transformations
(Text Reference)
-
angle units
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
annotation text
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
annotations
- XML schema
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- querying to obtain (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
anomaly detection
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #9] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #10] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #11] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #12] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
anonymity documents
- characteristics
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- examples
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
anonymous
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ANONYMOUS administrative user name
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
anonymous blocks
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
anonymous blocks in PL/SQL
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
anonymous PL/SQL blocks
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- applications
(Concepts)
- contrasted with stored procedures
(Concepts)
- dynamic SQL
(Concepts)
- dynamic SQL and
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- performance
(Concepts)
-
ANONYMOUS user
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- unauthenticated account access with
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
anonymous user, access to repository
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
ANSI C Support
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ANSI dynamic SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- reference semantics
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- See also dynamic SQL (ANSI)
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ANSI format
- COBOL statements
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ANSI SQL standard
- datatypes of
(Concepts)
-
ANSI. See American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
-
ANSI/ISO SQL
- compliance
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- extensions
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ANSI/ISO SQL standard
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- data concurrency
(Concepts)
- isolation levels
(Concepts)
-
ANSI-standard SQL
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
ANSI-supported datatypes
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
antecedent
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
antijoins
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ANTILOG function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ANTILOG10 function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
any element
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
ANY function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ANY operator
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ANY privileges
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ANY system privilege
- guidelines for security
(Security Guide)
- protecting data dictionary
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
ANY System Privileges for Database Accounts Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
ANY_CHAR_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ANY_CLOB_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ANY_VARCHAR2_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
AnyCo Corp
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- about building the application
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- tutorial application
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
anyco_cn.inc
- creating
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- description
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
anyco_db.inc
- calling bind variable
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calling PL/SQL packaged procedure
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- changing the bind variable
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- choosing output type
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating a thumbnail image
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- description
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- executing data manipulation statements
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- including in anyco.php
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- inserting thumbnail image
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- passing error parameter
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- preventing error display
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- return error variable
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- returning errors
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- returning errors from all functions
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- subset query
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- testing
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
anyco_im.php
- creating
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- description
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- employee image display
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
anyco_ui.inc
- add employee remuneration column
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- adding an employee image column
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- adding navigation
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- description
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- employee data in HTML table
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- error printing
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- extending
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- formatting results
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- functions
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- generating an employee img tag
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- generating employee data HTML form
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- HTML form for employee data
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- including
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- including in anyco.php
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- testing changes
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- updating an employee record
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- uploading employee image
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
anyco.php
- adding db connection
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- bind variables
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- building employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calling a PL/SQL function
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- data manipulation logic
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- deleting employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- departments instead of employees
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- description
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- employees and departments pages
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- employees page
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- error handling
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- executing the query
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- fetching all rows
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- include files
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- inserting an image
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- inserting employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- navigation
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- obtaining the default department
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- printing page titles
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- query to execute
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- replace query
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- testing
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #12] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #13] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #14] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #15] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- updating employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- usable database connection
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- using a bind variable
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
ANYDATA
- GET_ANYDATA_ARG function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
AnyData
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
AnyData class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- supported datatypes
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- usage examples
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ANYDATA data type
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- queues
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- dequeuing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- enqueuing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- replication
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- wrapper for messages
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
ANYDATA datatype
- apply process, configuring
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeuing
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- explicit, configuring (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using OCI (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enqueuing
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- procedures, creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using OCI (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message propagation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- propagation examples
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue table
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queues
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- wrapper for messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AnyData datatype
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- queues
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANYDATA queues
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
ANYDATA TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANYDATA type
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- effect on table-mode Import
(Utilities)
- using SQL strings to load
(Utilities)
-
ANYDATA_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ANYDATA.ConvertObject
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AnyData.convertObject method
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
AnyDataSet
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ANYDATASET data type
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
AnyDataSet datatype
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
ANYDATASET TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANYDATASET type
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
ANYINTERACT
- SDO_ANYINTERACT operator
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- topological relationship
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
AnyType
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ANYTYPE data type
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
AnyType datatype
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
ANYTYPE TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ANYTYPE type
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
AP (application program)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
Apache
- creating public_html
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- httpd.conf configuration file
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- obtaining and installing
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- public_html
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- restarting
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- testing installation on Linux
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- testing installation on Windows
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
Apache Tomcat
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
APEX
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
APEX_ACTIVITY_LOG view
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_APPLICATION
- global variables
(Application Express User's Guide)
- package
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_APPLICATION package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APEX_APPLICATION.G_F01
- referencing
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- ADD_MEMBER
(Application Express User's Guide)
- COLLECTION_EXISTS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- COLLECTION_MEMBER_COUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_COLLECTION_FROM_QUERY
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_COLLECTION_FROM_QUERY_B
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_OR_TRUNCATE_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- DELETE_ALL_COLLECTIONS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DELETE_ALL_COLLECTIONS_SESSION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DELETE_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DELETE_MEMBER
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DELETE_MEMBERS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_MEMBER_MD5
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MOVE_MEMBER_DOWN
(Application Express User's Guide)
- RESEQUENCE_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- RESET_COLLECTION_CHANGED
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SORT_MEMBERS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- TRUNCATE_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- UPDATE_MEMBER
(Application Express User's Guide)
- UPDATE_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_CUSTOM_AUTH
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APPLICATION_PAGE_ITEM_EXISTS function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CURRENT_PAGE_IS_PUBLIC function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DEFINE_USER_SESSION procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_COOKIE_PROPS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_LDAP_PROPS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_NEXT_SESSION_ID function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_SECURITY_GROUP_ID function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_SESSION_ID function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_SESSION_ID_FROM_COOKIE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_USER function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_USERNAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- IS_SESSION_VALID
(Application Express User's Guide)
- LOGIN
- Login API (Application Express User's Guide)
- LOGOUT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- POST_LOGIN
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SESSION_ID_EXISTS function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_SESSION_ID procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_SESSION_ID_TO_NEXT_VALUE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_USER procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_CUSTOM_AUTH package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APEX_ITEM
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CHECKBOX function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DATE_POPUP function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- DISPLAY_AND_SAVE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- HIDDEN function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MD5_CHECKSUM function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MD5_HIDDEN function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MULTI_ROW_UPDATE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- POPUP_FROM_LOV function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- POPUP_FROM_QUERY function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- POPUPKEY_FROM_LOV function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- POPUPKEY_FROM_QUERY function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- RADIOGROUP function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SELECT_LIST function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SELECT_LIST_FROM_LOV function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SELECT_LIST_FROM_LOV_XL function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SELECT_LIST_FROM_QUERY function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SELECT_LIST_FROM_QUERY_XL function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- TEXT function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- TEXT_FROM_LOV function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- TEXT_FROM_LOV_QUERY function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- TEXTAREA function
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_ITEM package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APEX_LANG
- LANG
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MESSAGE API
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_LDAP
- AUTHENTICATE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_ALL_USER_ATTRIBUTES
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_USER_ATTRIBUTES
(Application Express User's Guide)
- IS_MEMBER
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MEMBER_OF
(Application Express User's Guide)
- MEMBER_OF2 Function
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_LDAP APIs
- APEX_LDAP
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_MAIL
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_MAIL_QUEUE
- sending email in queue
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_MAIL.PUSH_QUEUE
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_MAIL.SEND
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_PLSQL_JOB
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_PUBLIC_USER
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- password for
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- unlocking
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
APEX_PUBLIC_USER administrative user name
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
APEX_PUBLIC_USER user
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
APEX_SITE_ADMIN_PRIVS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_EXCEPTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- REMOVE_WORKSPACE_EXCEPTIONS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- REPORT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- RESTRICT_SCHEMA
(Application Express User's Guide)
- UNRESTRICT_SCHEMA
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
APEX_UTIL
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CACHE_GET_DATE_OF_PAGE_CACHE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- CACHE_PURGE_BY_APPLICATION procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CACHE_PURGE_BY_PAGE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CACHE_PURGE_STALE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CHANGE_CURRENT_USER_PW procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CHANGE_PASSWORD_ON_FIRST_USE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CLEAR_APP_CACHE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CLEAR_PAGE_CACHE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CLEAR_USER_CACHE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- COUNT_CLICK procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- COUNT_STALE_REGIONS function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_USER procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE_USER_GROUP procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- CURRENT_USER_IN_GROUP function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- EDIT_USER procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- END_USER_ACCOUNT_DAYS_LEFT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- EXPIRE_END_USER_ACCOUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- EXPIRE_WORKSPACE_ACCOUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- EXPORT_USERS procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- FETCH_APP_ITEM function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- FETCH_USER procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- FIND_SECURITY_GROUP_ID function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- FIND_WORKSPACE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_ACCOUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_ATTRIBUTE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_AUTHENTICATION_RESULT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_CURRENT_USER_ID function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_DEFAULT_SCHEMA
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_EMAIL
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_FILE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_FILE_ID function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_FIRST_NAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_GROUP_ID
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_GROUP_NAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_GROUPS_USER_BELONGS_TO
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_LAST_NAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_NUMERIC_SESSION_STATE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_PREFERENCE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_SESSION_STATE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_USER_ID
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_USER_ROLES
(Application Express User's Guide)
- GET_USERNAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- IS_LOGIN_PASSWORD_VALID
(Application Express User's Guide)
- IS_USERNAME_UNIQUE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- KEYVAL_NUM
(Application Express User's Guide)
- KEYVAL_VC2
(Application Express User's Guide)
- LOCK_ACCOUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- PASSWORD_FIRST_USE_OCCURRED
(Application Express User's Guide)
- PREPARE_URL
(Application Express User's Guide)
- PUBLIC_CHECK_AUTHORIZATION function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- PURGE_REGIONS_BY_APP procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- PURGE_REGIONS_BY_ID procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- PURGE_REGIONS_BY_NAME procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- PURGE_STALE_REGIONS procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- REMOVE_PREFERENCE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- REMOVE_SORT_PREFERENCES procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- REMOVE_USER
(Application Express User's Guide)
- RESET_AUTHORIZATIONS procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- RESET_PW
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SAVEKEY_NUM
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SAVEKEY_VC2
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_AUTHENTICATION_RESULT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_CUSTOM_AUTH_STATUS
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_EMAIL
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_FIRST_NAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_LAST_NAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_PREFERENCE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- SET_SESSION_STATE procedure
(Application Express User's Guide)
- STRING_TO_TABLE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- TABLE_TO_STRING function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- UNEXPIRE_END_USER_ACCOUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- UNEXPIRE_WORKSPACE_ACCOUNT
(Application Express User's Guide)
- URL_ENCODE function
(Application Express User's Guide)
- USERNAME
(Application Express User's Guide)
- WORKSPACE_ACCOUNT_DAYS_LEFT
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
API
- network data model
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- performance (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- topology data model
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
APIs
- APEX_APPLICATION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_COLLECTION
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_CUSTOM_AUTH
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_ITEM
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_LANG
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_MAIL
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_PLSQL_JOB
(Application Express User's Guide)
- APEX_UTIL
(Application Express User's Guide)
- crawler agent API
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DICOM relational
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- document service API
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- e-mail API
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- Java
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- ORD_DICOM data model utility
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORD_DICOM_ADMIN data model repository
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDDicom object
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- query API
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- See DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM package, DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES package, DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL package
- URL rewriter API
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
apostrophes
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
app.config file
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
APPC
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- conversation security option
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- runtime
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SENDs and RECEIVEs
- TIP CALL correspondence (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- trace
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- using with terminal-oriented transaction program
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
APPC conversation sharing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- concepts
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- examples
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- for too large TIPs
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- overrides and diagnostics
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP compatibility
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- usage
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
APPC/MVS
- configuring for the gateway
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- installation verification
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- verification of configuration
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
APPC-enabled databases
(Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
APPEND
- SQL*Plus command
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
APPEND clause
- in COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SAVE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
APPEND command
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- supported by COPY
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
APPEND function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
APPEND hint
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
APPEND parameter
- SQL*Loader utility
(Utilities)
-
APPEND Procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
append sequence conflict resolution method
(Advanced Replication)
-
append site name conflict resolution method
(Advanced Replication)
-
append to table
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
APPEND_TO_COLLECTION function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
APPENDCHILD function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
appendChild()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
APPENDCHILDXML function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
appendChildXML SQL function
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
APPENDDATA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
appendData()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
appending
- writing to the end of a LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
APPENDPATH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPENDRESCONFIG Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPENDRESOURCEMETADATA Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
appendValues method
- example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
APPINFO clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
Apple QuickTime 3.0 video formats
(Multimedia Reference)
-
APPLET HTML tag
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
APPLETCLOSE function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPLETCLOSE procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPLETOPEN function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPLETOPEN procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
applets
- connecting to a database
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- deploying in an HTML page
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- packaging
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- signed applets
- browser security (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- object-signing certificate (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using signed applets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using with firewalls
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
applets, using SQLJ
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
application
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- about Departments report
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- about Home page
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- about Login page
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding a page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- adding an employee image
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- adding company name
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding content from Web sites
(Application Express User's Guide)
- adding employee remuneration column
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- authenticating logons
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- based on queries
(Application Express User's Guide)
- based on spreadsheet data
(Application Express User's Guide)
- building employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calling departments instead of employees
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calling locale specific functions
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- centralizing database logic
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- choosing output type
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- combining departments and employees
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- compiling
(Java Developer's Guide)
- connection functions
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- constants for database connection
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- controlling navigation using branches
(Application Express User's Guide)
- copying
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating employees page
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating on tables
(Application Express User's Guide)
- data
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- debugging
(Application Express User's Guide)
- defining primary language
(Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- demonstration
(Application Express User's Guide)
- demonstrations
(Application Express User's Guide)
- deploy
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- deploying
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Application Express User's Guide)
- developing
(Java Developer's Guide)
- development
(Java Developer's Guide)
- development best practices
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- employee image display
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- employee images in BLOBs
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- error recovery
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- executing data manipulation statements
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- executing in a session
(Java Developer's Guide)
- executing the query
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- execution control
(Java Developer's Guide)
- execution rights
(Java Developer's Guide)
- exporting
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- extending departments page
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- extending employees page
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- externalizing translatable strings
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- fetching all rows
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- file naming convention
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- files directory
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- generating an employee img tag
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- globalizing
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- hiding features
(Application Express User's Guide)
- implementing subset query
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- importing export file
(Application Express User's Guide)
- importing from SQL*Plus
(Application Express User's Guide)
- inserting employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- inserting employee thumbnail
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- instantiate
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- invoking
(Java Developer's Guide)
- language preference
(Application Express User's Guide)
- logic
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- Next and Previous buttons
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- obtaining the default department
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Oracle errors
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- performance tuning
(Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL procedures and functions
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- portability
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- previewing
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- printing errors
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- printing page titles
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- query to execute
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- report page
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- reports
(Application Express User's Guide)
- resource use
(Application Express User's Guide)
- return error variable
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- running
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- running on the server
(Java Developer's Guide)
- sample
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sending email from
(Application Express User's Guide)
- sending messages in APEX_MAIL_QUEUE
(Application Express User's Guide)
- sending outbound email
(Application Express User's Guide)
- server support
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- specifying a language preference
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- switching active theme
(Application Express User's Guide)
- threading
(Java Developer's Guide)
- thumbnail images
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- translatable components
(Application Express User's Guide)
- translating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- translating components
(Application Express User's Guide)
- translating HTML and GIF
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- translating multibye languages
(Application Express User's Guide)
- translating the user interface
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- translation rendering
(Application Express User's Guide)
- updating employee records
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- uploading employee image
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- user interface
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- UTF-8 page encoding
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
Application Administration page
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application administrators
(Concepts)
-
Application Alias attribute
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application attributes
- Application Alias
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Application Template Defaults
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Availability
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Build Options
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Build Status
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Component Defaults
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Debugging
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Default Page Template
(Application Express User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Error Page Template
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Exact Substitutions
(Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Global Notifications
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Image Prefix
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Logging
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Logo
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Message for unavailable application
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Name attribute
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Parsing Schema
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Print Mode Page Template
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Proxy Server
(Application Express User's Guide)
- restrict access
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Status
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Substitutions
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Theme
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Version
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Virtual Private Database
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Builder
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- accessing
(Application Express User's Guide)
- home page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Definition
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Builder Defaults
(Application Express User's Guide)
- configuring
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Builder home page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Builder home Task list
- Application Builder Defaults
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application computations
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Application Computations page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- executing On New Instance
(Application Express User's Guide)
- history report
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application config
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
application context
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
application contexts
- about
(Security Guide)
- as secure data cache
(Security Guide)
- bind variables
(Security Guide)
- client session-based
- about (Security Guide)
- CLIENTCONTEXT namespace, clearing value from (Security Guide)
- CLIENTCONTEXT namespace, setting value in (Security Guide)
- retrieving client session ID (Security Guide)
- database session-based
- about (Security Guide)
- cleaning up after user exits (Security Guide)
- components (Security Guide)
- creating (Security Guide)
- database links (Security Guide)
- dynamic SQL (Security Guide)
- example (Security Guide)
- externalized, using (Security Guide)
- how to use (Security Guide)
- initializing externally (Security Guide)
- initializing globally (Security Guide)
- ownership (Security Guide)
- parallel queries (Security Guide)
- PL/SQL package creation (Security Guide)
- running package (Security Guide)
- session information, setting (Security Guide)
- SYS_CONTEXT function (Security Guide)
- trusted procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_SESSION.SET_CONTEXT procedure
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- driving context
(Security Guide)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- global
- about (Security Guide)
- authenticating nondatabase users (Security Guide)
- authenticating user for multiple applications (Security Guide)
- components (Security Guide)
- creating (Security Guide)
- example for client session IDs (Security Guide)
- example of authenticating nondatabase users (Security Guide)
- example of authenticating user moving to different application (Security Guide)
- example of setting values for all users (Security Guide)
- ownership (Security Guide)
- PL/SQL package creation (Security Guide)
- process, lightweight users (Security Guide)
- process, standard (Security Guide)
- reasons for using (Security Guide)
- sharing values globally for all users (Security Guide)
- used for One Big Application User scenarios (Security Guide)
- user name retrieval with USER function (Security Guide)
- uses for (Security Guide)
- global application context
- system global area (Security Guide)
- performance
(Security Guide)
- policy groups, used in
(Security Guide)
- returning predicate
(Security Guide)
- session information, retrieving
(Security Guide)
- support for database links
(Security Guide)
- types
(Security Guide)
- users, nondatabase connections
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- Virtual Private Database, used with
(Security Guide)
-
application contexts, used in Oracle Virtual Private Database
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
application definition
- editing
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application developers
- CONNECT role change
(Security Guide)
- privileges for
(Concepts)
- roles for
(Concepts)
-
application development
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- and data access
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- class libraries
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- client/server communication
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- finding information
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Heterogeneous Services
- controlling array fetches between non-Oracle server and agent (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- controlling array fetches between Oracle server and agent (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- controlling reblocking of array fetches (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_HS_PASSTHROUGH package (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- passthrough SQL (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- using bulk fetches (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- using OCI for bulk fetches (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Internet operations
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle development tools
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- PL/SQL Gateway feature
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- publish/subscribe
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- third-party messaging
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- workflows
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
application development for distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- analyzing execution plan
(Administrator's Guide)
- database links, controlling connections
(Administrator's Guide)
- handling errors
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- handling remote procedure errors
(Administrator's Guide)
- managing distribution of data
(Administrator's Guide)
- managing referential integrity constraints
(Administrator's Guide)
- terminating remote connections
(Administrator's Guide)
- tuning distributed queries
(Administrator's Guide)
- tuning using collocated inline views
(Administrator's Guide)
- using cost-based optimization
(Administrator's Guide)
- using hints to tune queries
(Administrator's Guide)
-
application development on the gateway
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
application development process
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
application errors
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
application examples
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- active application
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- batch evaluation
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- law enforcement
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- order management
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- resource management
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
Application Express
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
- getting started
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- logging in to
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- setting up
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- user roles
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Application Express Account Credentials
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Express Administration Services
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Application Express administrator
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Application Express end users
- change password on first use
(Application Express User's Guide)
- changing user password
(Application Express User's Guide)
- creating accounts
(Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting accounts
(Application Express User's Guide)
- editing accounts
(Application Express User's Guide)
- locking accounts
(Application Express User's Guide)
- managing
(Application Express User's Guide)
- password expiration
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Express engine
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- determining schema for
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Express user groups
- adding users
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express User's Guide)
- report
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Express user roles
- Application Express administrator
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- developer
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- end user
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- workspace administrator
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Application Express users
- controlling account availability
(Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting accounts
(Application Express User's Guide)
- editing accounts
(Application Express User's Guide)
- grouping
(Application Express User's Guide)
- requiring password change
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application failover notifications
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
Application home page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- adding a page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- copying a page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Export/Install icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Run Application icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
- running demonstration applications
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Shared Components icon
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application home Task list
- Application Reports
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Copy this Application
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Delete this Application
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Manage Export Repository
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Groups
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Locks
(Application Express User's Guide)
- User Interface Defaults
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application initialization
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
application integration
(Data Guard Broker)
-
application item
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes
(Application Express User's Guide)
- history
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Items
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Items page
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application language
- determining
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Application Language Derived From attribute
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
application layer
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
application layout
- LOV driving another LOV
(Application Express User's Guide)
- multiple columns
(Application Express User's Guide)
- print preview mode
(Application Express User's Guide)
- shortcuts
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application logic
- editing all
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application managed data buffering
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Application Migration
- about
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- checklist
(Application Express User's Guide)
- forum
(Application Express User's Guide)
- introduction
(Application Express User's Guide)
- preparing for migration
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Project page
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application models
(Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting
(Application Express User's Guide)
- leveraging
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application navigation
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- HTML submit buttons
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- jsp
- forward tags (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
Application Navigator
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- using
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
application notifications
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
application overview of
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
application placement policies
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Application Primary Language attribute
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
application processes
- Application Process page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- example
(Application Express User's Guide)
- History report
(Application Express User's Guide)
- On Demand
(Application Express User's Guide)
- reports
(Application Express User's Guide)
- understanding
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Utilization report
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
application profile attributes
- overview
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- summary of attributes
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
application profiles
- check_interval attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
application program (AP)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
application programming interface (API)
- network data model
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- performance (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- topology data model
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
Application Programming Interfaces (APIs)
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
application programming interfaces (APIs)
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Java
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
application reports
- activity
(Application Express User's Guide)
- cross application
(Application Express User's Guide)
- page components
(Application Express User's Guide)
- shared components
(Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing
(Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
application security
- specifying attributes
(Security Guide)
-
application server, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
application servers
- allowing connection as user
(SQL Language Reference)
-
application services
- configuring
(Administrator's Guide)
- defining
(Administrator's Guide)
- deploying
(Administrator's Guide)
- using
(Administrator's Guide)
- using, client side
(Administrator's Guide)
- using, server side
(Administrator's Guide)
-
application size (hardware) requirements
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
application UI
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
application user management
- identity propagation option
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
application users who are database users
- Oracle Virtual Private Database, how it works with
(Security Guide)
-
application Web servers
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
application, creating
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
application, typical tasks performed by
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
applications
- about security policies for
(Security Guide)
- access and usage privileges
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- action scripts timeout
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- allowing connection as user
(SQL Language Reference)
- attributes described for
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- command syntax in profiles
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- compatibility
(Upgrade Guide)
- consolidating multiple in a single database
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- context
(Concepts)
- data dictionary references
(Concepts)
- data warehouses
- star queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data warehousing
(Concepts)
- database access through
(Concepts)
- database users
(Security Guide)
- decision support
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- decision support systems (DSS)
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defining a virtual IP address
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- dependencies of
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- deploying
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- design principles
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- development trends
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- direct-path INSERT
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- enhancing security with
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- highly available
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- implementing
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- linking with newer libraries
(Upgrade Guide)
- managing demonstration
(Application Express User's Guide)
- managing with CRS commands
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- migrating to Oracle
(Application Express User's Guide)
- naming
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- object privileges
(Security Guide)
- object privileges permitting SQL statements
(Security Guide)
- One Big Application User model
(Security Guide)
- about (Security Guide)
- security risks of (Security Guide)
- online maintenance and upgrades
(High Availability Overview)
- online transaction processing (OLTP)
- reverse key indexes (Concepts)
- Oracle Virtual Private Database, how it works with
(Security Guide)
- parallel DML
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- password protection strategies
(Security Guide)
- privileges, managing
(Security Guide)
- processes
(Concepts)
- program interface and
(Concepts)
- registering in the OCR
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- resource dependency
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- resource entities
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- responding to status changes
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- roles
- multiple (Security Guide)
- privileges, associating with database roles (Security Guide)
- roles and
(Concepts)
- running against older server
(Upgrade Guide)
- scalability
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- scripts
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- securing
(SQL Language Reference)
- security
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- application context (Concepts)
- security considerations for use
(Security Guide)
- security limitations
(Security Guide)
- security policies
(Security Guide)
- sharing code
(Concepts)
- spanning XA transactions across Oracle RAC instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- storing profiles in OCR
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- template files for profiles
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- transaction termination and
(Concepts)
- TYPE attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- upgrading
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- client/server configurations (Upgrade Guide)
- compatibility rules (Upgrade Guide)
- options (Upgrade Guide)
- relinking rules (Upgrade Guide)
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- using pre-created database sessions
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- validating
(SQL Language Reference)
- validating with security policies
(Security Guide)
-
applications, empty connection strings
(Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
applications, migrating non-Oracle applications to Oracle
(Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
applications, updating
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
application-locales
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
application-provided serialization
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
applied SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
APPLIER process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
APPLTOP_STAGE parameter in ORAPARAM.INI
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
apply
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- batch
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- real time
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
Apply command
- for OUI-based homes
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- for standalone OPatch
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- patch conflict behavior
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
apply errors
- correcting database objects
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- managing
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- retrying transactions
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
Apply Filter
- to display of objects
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
apply forwarding
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
apply handlers
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
apply instance
(Data Guard Broker)
- failover
(Data Guard Broker)
- PreferredApplyInstance property
(Data Guard Broker)
- selecting
(Data Guard Broker)
-
APPLY LAG metric
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
APPLY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
apply process
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- altering
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- applied SCN
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- apply errors
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- apply forwarding
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- apply handlers
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Java stored procedures (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- apply servers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- states (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- apply user
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- privileges (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- secure queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- automatic restart
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- best practices
- configuration (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- operation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- combined capture and apply
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- query to determine (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- configuring
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- conflict handlers
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- conflict resolution
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- constraints
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- contention
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- coordinator process
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- states (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #6] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #9] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- for captured LCRs (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- for persistent LCRs (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- for persistent user messages (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data types applied
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_APPLY_ADM package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DDL changes
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- current schema (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data structures (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ignored (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- system-generated names (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DDL handler
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DDL handlers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- dependencies
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- barrier transactions (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- virtual dependency definitions (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- virtual dependency definitions (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- virtual dependency definitions (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DML changes
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DML handlers
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- enqueuing events
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- enqueuing messages
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- error handlers
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- heterogeneous (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- error queue
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- deleting errors (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleting errors (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- executing errors (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- executing errors (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- getting error messages (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- errors
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- database links (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- example (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- high-watermark
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ignore SCN
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- instantiation
- global SCN (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- schema SCN (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- table SCN (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- instantiation SCN
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- interoperation with capture processes
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- key columns
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- LOBs
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- logical change records (LCRs)
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- low-watermark
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- managing
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- message handler
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message handlers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- messages
- captured LCRs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- persistent LCRs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- user messages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- apply handlers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- apply handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- compatible columns (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- statistics (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- transactions (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- non-LCR messages
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- oldest SCN
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- point-in-time recovery (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- options
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parallelism
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- allow_duplicate_rows (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- commit_serialization (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- commit_serialization (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- commit_serialization (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- disable_on_error (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disable_on_error (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- disable_on_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disable_on_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum_scn (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parallelism (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- preserve_encryption (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preserve_encryption (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- startup_seconds (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace_level (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- transaction_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- transaction_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- txn_lcr_spill_threshold (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- txn_lcr_spill_threshold (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- performance
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- persistent status
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- precommit handler
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- precommit handlers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- query for applied messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reader server
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- states (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- reenqueue captured LCRs
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- RESTRICTED SESSION
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- row subsetting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule sets
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining global (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining message (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining subset (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- for LCRs (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- for user messages (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting parameters
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- specifying execution
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- spilled messages
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- starting
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stopping
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- substitute key columns
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tables
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- apply handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column discrepancies (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tags
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- trace files
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transformations
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transparent data encryption
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- triggers
- firing property (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ON SCHEMA clause (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- checking apply handlers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking message type (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- error queue (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- error queue (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- update conflict handlers
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
apply services
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delaying application of redo data
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- real-time apply
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring with LOG_ARCHIVE_TRACE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- stopping (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL Apply
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- stopping (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
APPLY$_ENQUEUE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPLY$_EXECUTE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
APPLY_SCHEMA_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
APPLY_TABLE_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
applying
- data rules
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- redo data immediately
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo data on standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL statements to logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
applying metadata filters
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
applying state
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ApplyInstanceTimeout property
(Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
ApplyParallel property
(Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
ApplySettings
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
approximate CSCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
Apriori
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
AQ (Advanced Queue)
- Java output
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- publishing
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
AQ (Oracle Advanced Queuing), publish-subscribe model and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
AQ agents
- adding to LDAP server
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- altering
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dropping
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- parameters
- agent_name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- certificate_location (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enable_anyp (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enable_http (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- removing from LDAP server
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ Message Properties Type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ servlet
- deploying
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- responses using HTTP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ system privilege
- granting
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_AGENT
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_AGENT Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_AGENT_LIST_T
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_AGENT_LIST_T Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_DESCRIPTOR Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_NTFN_MSGID_ARRAY Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_POST_INFO Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_POST_INFO_LIST
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_POST_INFO_LIST Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_PURGE_OPTIONS_T Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_D
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_E
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_H
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_I
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_P
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_S
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_T
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_RECIPIENT_LIST_T
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_RECIPIENT_LIST_T Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_REG_INFO Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_REG_INFO_LIST
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_REG_INFO_LIST Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$_SUBSCRIBER_LIST_T
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$_SUBSCRIBER_LIST_T Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AQ$INTERNET_USERS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$QUEUE_TABLE_NAME
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_R
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ$QUEUE_TABLE_NAME_S
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE
- and LDAP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- and registerConnectionFactory
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- definition
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- needed for JMS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- security
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE role
(SQL Language Reference)
- about
(Security Guide)
-
AQ_HA_NOTIFICATIONS parameter
- enabling event notification
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
AQ_MsgProperties
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ_TM_PROCESSES dynamic parameter
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
AQ_TM_PROCESSES initialization parameter
(Reference)
- Streams apply process
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
AQ_TM_PROCESSES parameter
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ_USER_ROLE
- definition
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- needed for JMS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- security
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQ_USER_ROLE role
(SQL Language Reference)
- about
(Security Guide)
-
AQ. See Streams Advanced Queuing.
-
AQjms agent
- creating
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQXmlPublish method
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQXmlReceive method
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
AQXmlSend method
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
ARBn process
(Concepts)
-
arc
- densifying
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- not supported with geodetic data or for transformations
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
arc tangent calculation
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARCCOS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARCH background process
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ARCH processes
- multiple
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
Architecture
- Java
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
architecture
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- application development
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- checking system architecture
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- commit-confirm
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- components of the gateway
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- Data Guard broker
(Data Guard Broker)
- data warehouse
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- Internet operations
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- listener
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MPP
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA)
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle COM Automation
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database Extensions for .NET
(Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Net Services stack communication layers
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- recommendations
(High Availability Overview)
- SMP
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- thread-based
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- understanding
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
architecture of the gateway
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
architecture, Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
architectures
- extended distance Oracle RAC
(High Availability Overview)
- Oracle Application Server
(High Availability Overview)
- single-instance Oracle Database (noncluster)
(High Availability Overview)
-
archival backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- restoring with DUPLICATE
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
archive destinations
- alternate
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ARCHIVE LOG
- command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mode
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ARCHIVE LOG clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ARCHIVE LOG command
- SQL*Plus
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ARCHIVE LOG CURRENT clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
archive log files
- creating in Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
ARCHIVE LOG START statement
- automatic archiving
(Reference)
-
archive logs
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- backing up
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- deleting after backups
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- destinations, converting to cluster database
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- instance access to
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- recovery
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
archive mode
- specifying
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ARCHIVE, parameter for APPLET tag
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
ARCHIVE_LAG_TARGET initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- setting in a broker configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
-
archive_log_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
archived redo log deletion policies
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
archived redo log files
- accessing information about
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- advantages of using
(2 Day DBA)
- applying
- Redo Apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL Apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying during media recovery
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- with other backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cataloging
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- changing default location
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- corrupted
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- definition
(Concepts)
- delaying application
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on the standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- deleting
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- deleting unneeded
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- deletion after backup
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- destinations
- disabling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- displaying with V$ARCHIVE_DEST_STATUS view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- enabling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failover
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- file format and destination
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- file naming
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- incompatible format
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- location during recovery
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- log sequence number
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- loss of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- managing gaps
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See also gap management (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- manually transferring
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo data transmitted
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- registering
- during failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- restoring using RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- standby databases and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting switchover problems
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
archived redo logs
- ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE ALL statement
(Concepts)
- archiving modes
(Administrator's Guide)
- backups
(Concepts)
- data dictionary views
(Administrator's Guide)
- destination and configuration parameters
(Data Guard Broker)
- destination availability state, controlling
(Administrator's Guide)
- destination file
(Reference)
- destination status
(Administrator's Guide)
- destinations, specifying
(Administrator's Guide)
- failed destinations and
(Administrator's Guide)
- in a Data Guard configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- location
(SQL Language Reference)
- mandatory destinations
(Administrator's Guide)
- minimum number of destinations
(Administrator's Guide)
- multiplexing
(Administrator's Guide)
- normal transmission of
(Administrator's Guide)
- primary database setup
(Data Guard Broker)
- re-archiving to failed destination
(Administrator's Guide)
- sample destination scenarios
(Administrator's Guide)
- standby transmission of
(Administrator's Guide)
- status information
(Administrator's Guide)
- storage device
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- transmitting
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ArchiveLagTarget property
(Data Guard Broker)
-
ARCHIVELOG clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ARCHIVELOG mode
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
- advantages
(Administrator's Guide)
- archiver process (ARCn) and
(Concepts)
- archiving
(Administrator's Guide)
- archiving destination
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- as a best practice
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- automatic archiving in
(Administrator's Guide)
- backups in
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- capture process
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition of
(Administrator's Guide)
- distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- manual archiving in
(Administrator's Guide)
- running in
(Administrator's Guide)
- software requirements
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- switching to
(Administrator's Guide)
- taking datafiles offline and online in
(Administrator's Guide)
-
archivelogRecordSpecifier clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
archiver process
- monitor
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- trace output (controlling)
(Administrator's Guide)
-
archiver process (ARCn)
(Administrator's Guide)
- described
(Concepts)
- multiple processes
(Concepts)
-
archiver processes (ARCn)
- influenced by MAX_CONNECTIONS attribute
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
archives
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
archiving
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- after inconsistent closed backups
(Concepts)
- after online backups
(Concepts)
- ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE ALL statement
(Concepts)
- changing archiving mode
(Administrator's Guide)
- configuring
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- controlling number of processes
(Administrator's Guide)
- destination availability state, controlling
(Administrator's Guide)
- destination failure
(Administrator's Guide)
- destination status
(Administrator's Guide)
- disabling
- effect on direct path loads (Utilities)
- enabling
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- manual
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- NOARCHIVELOG vs. ARCHIVELOG mode
(Administrator's Guide)
- real-time apply
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting initial mode
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying
- failure resolution policies for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo logs
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to a flash recovery area (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to a local file system (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to failed destinations
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- trace output, controlling
(Administrator's Guide)
- viewing information on
(Administrator's Guide)
-
archiving mode
- changing
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- controlling
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- custom database
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- starter database
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
archiving procedures
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for redo log files
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- specifying an archive destination
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- UNC not allowed
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ARCn background process
(Concepts)
-
ARCn processes
(2 Day DBA)
-
ARCSIN function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARCTAN function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARCTAN2 function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
area
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
AREA function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AREA procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
area units
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ARG command
- See ARGUMENT command
-
ARG function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARGCOUNT function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARGFR function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ARGn datatype
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
ARGS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
argument
- in START command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
argument attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ARGUMENT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
arguments
(OLAP DML Reference)
- in user-defined functions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- of operators
(SQL Language Reference)
- passing as text
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- passing to a program
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- using ampersand substitution with
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Arial Unicode MS font
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
arithmetic
- operators
(SQL Language Reference)
- with DATE values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
arithmetic error
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
arithmetic operations
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- with date and time datatypes
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- with native floating-point datatypes
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
Arithmetic operators
(Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
-
arithmetic operators
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
ARRAY
- class
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- descriptors
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- objects, creating
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- VARYING
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
array
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
array bind
- OracleParameter
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
array bind operations
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ArrayBindCount
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ArrayBindIndex
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ArrayBindSize
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ArrayBindStatus
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- error handling
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
array binding
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ARRAY class, features supported
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
array fetch
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
array fetches
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- agents
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
-
array handling
- modifying default
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- normalized tables
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- overview
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- sequential flattening
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- setting default
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- setting policy
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- table settings
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
array of structs
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
array parameter
- Database Character Set Scanner
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
array processing
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
array read
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
array size
- fetch reblocking
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- how determined
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
array write
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
array, elements
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
array, operations
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
array_DML_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
array_push() function
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
ArrayBindCount property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ArrayBindIndex property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ArrayBindSize property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ArrayBindStatus property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ARRAYLEN statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
arrays
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- as iterator columns
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- associative
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- batch fetch
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- BIND_ARRAY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- binds
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- bulk DML using DBMS_SQL
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- bulk operations (ANSI dynamic SQL)
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- chapter discusses how to use
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- committing after insert
(Utilities)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defines
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dequeuing
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- demonstration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- syntax (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DML, maximum rows
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- enqueuing
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- demonstration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- syntax (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- getting
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- host arrays
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- index-by-tables
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- named
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- operations
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- passing to callable statement
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving from a result set
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving partial arrays
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- size of VARRAYs
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- skip parameter for
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using type maps
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- variable (VARRAYs)
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- variable-size
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- VARRAYs
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- varying length
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- working with
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
Arrays as Procedure Arguments
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
arrays of structures
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- indicator variables
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI calls used
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- skip parameters
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ARRAYSIZE variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- relationship to COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ARU_IDs for platforms
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
AS clause
- of CREATE JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AS clause, translation statement
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
AS EXTERNAL clause
- of CREATE FUNCTION
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AS keyword
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
AS OBJECT clause
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AS SELECT clause
- CREATE TABLE statement
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
AS subquery clause
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AS SYSDBA clause
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
AS TABLE clause
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AS VARRAY clause
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AS/400
- command DSPRDBDIRE
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- command, DSPRDBDIRE
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- defining user ID
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- files and file members, accessing
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- library name, DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
ASA_RECO_ROW Record Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASA_RECO_ROW_TB Table Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASA_RECOMMENDATIONS Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASACC option
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ASACC precompiler option
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ASC clause
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ASCII
- automatic conversion
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- character set
(SQL Language Reference)
- code page
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- codepage
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- sort order
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- tables, known restrictions
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- translated from EBCDIC
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- US7ASCII
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- US7ASCII as default
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- US7ASCII, Globalization Support
(Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
ASCII encoding
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ASCII function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ASCII image compression format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
ASCIISTR function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ASENSITIVE (cursor state)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
ASH reports
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ASH_REPORT_HTML Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASH_REPORT_TEXT Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Asian languages
- and CTXRULE indexes
(Text Reference)
-
Asianux
- operating system requirements
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
ASIN function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ASM
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- and multiple databases
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- block device names
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- characteristics of failure groups
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking disk availability
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- cluster ASM upgrade
(Upgrade Guide)
- configuring disks for ASM
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating the asmdba group
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- database upgrade after
(Upgrade Guide)
- disk group compatibility
(Upgrade Guide)
- disk groups
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- displaying attached disks
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- failure groups
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- examples (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying available disks
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying available disks on Linux
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying disks
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying disks on Linux
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- optional tasks after upgrade
(Upgrade Guide)
- OSDBA group for ASM
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommendations for disk groups
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- See Automatic Storage Management
- See Automatic Storage management
- see Automatic Storage Management
- See Automatic Storage Management (ASM)
- see Automatic Storage Management (ASM)
- space required for preconfigured database
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- storage option for data files
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- upgrades of
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
asm
- SRVCTL object noun name
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
asm group
- creating
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
ASM instances
- administering with SRVCTL
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ASM See Automatic Storage Management
-
ASM_DISKGROUPS initialization parameter
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ASM_DISKSTRING initialization parameter
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- discovering disks
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ASM_filename
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ASM_POWER_LIMIT initialization parameter
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
ASM_PREFERRED_READ_FAILURE_GROUPS
(Upgrade Guide)
-
ASM_PREFERRED_READ_FAILURE_GROUPS initialization parameter
(High Availability Overview)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
ASM_PREFERRED_READ_FAILURE_GROUPS initialization parameter, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
ASM. See Automatic Storage Management
-
ASMB process
(Concepts)
-
ASMCMD
- about
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- cd
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- command reference
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- cp
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- du
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- exit
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- find
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- help
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- ls
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- lsct
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- lsdg
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- lsdsk
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- md_backup
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- md_restore
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- mkalias
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- mkdir
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- pwd
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- remap
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- rm
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- rmalias
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- running
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
ASMCMD utility
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
asmcmd utility
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
asmdba group
- creating
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
ASMLIB
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
ASMLib add-on support library
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
asmtool utility
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
asmtoolg utility
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ASO_AUTHENTICATION_FILTER networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
ASO_AUTHENTICATION_LEVEL
(Net Services Reference)
-
ASP
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
ASP (Active Server Pages)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
ASP/VBScript Photo Album sample application
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
ASP/VBScript sample applications
- ASP/VBScript Photo Album application
(Multimedia User's Guide)
-
assemblies
(Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- building
(Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
assembly
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- copy
(Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ODP.NET
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
Assign event
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ASSIGN_ACL Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASSIGN_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
assigned values
- specified by an Assignment
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
assigning
- file names
(Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- roles
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- roles to users
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- security roles
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- system privileges
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
-
assigning OCILobLocator pointers
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
Assignment objects
- of a Model
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
assignment operator
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
assignment statement
- links to examples
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
assignment statements
- event
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- trigger
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- with different dimensionality
(OLAP DML Reference)
- with QDR
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
assignment statements (SET)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
assignment tables
(Advanced Replication)
-
assignments
- across object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- aggregate
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collection
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collections
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- datatype conversion during
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- field
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- IN OUT parameters
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- objects and REFs to objects
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- records
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- reported by PL/Scope
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- variables
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
assistants
- log file locations
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Oracle Database Configuration Assistant
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Net Configuration Assistant
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
ASSM tablespace
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
ASSM_SEGMENT_VERIFY Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASSM_TABLESPACE_VERIFY Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ASSOCIATE command
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ASSOCIATE STATISTICS statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
Associating the Extensible Optimizer Methods with Database Objects
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
association models
(Data Mining Concepts)
- confidence
(Data Mining Concepts)
- support
(Data Mining Concepts)
- text mining
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
association rules
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- See association models
-
associations
- file types
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
associative access
- overview
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
associative array
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
associative arrays
- nested tables and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- sets of key-value pairs
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- understanding
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- VARCHAR2 keys and globalization settings
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
associative interface
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when to use
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ASSUME SQLCODE option
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ASSUME_SQLCODE precompiler option
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
assumptions, environment
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
asymmetric result set, Cursor positions in an
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
ASYNC attribute
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ASYNC redo transport service
(Data Guard Broker)
-
asynchronous authentication mode in RADIUS
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
asynchronous AutoLog publishing
- latency for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- location of staging database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- requirements for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting database initialization parameters for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous Autolog publishing
- source database performance impact
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
Asynchronous Change Data Capture
- columns of built-in Oracle datatypes supported by
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous Change Data Capture
- archived redo log files and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- ARCHIVELOGMODE and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- supplemental logging
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- supplemental logging and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous change sets
- disabling
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- enabling
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- exporting
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- recovering from capture errors
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- example of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- example of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing DDL
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- specifying ending values for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- specifying starting values for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- stopping capture on DDL
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- excluded statements (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous change tables
- exporting
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous commit
(SQL Language Reference)
-
asynchronous dequeuing
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
asynchronous execution of mining tasks
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
asynchronous HotLog publishing
- latency for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- location of staging database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- requirements for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting database initialization parameters for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous Hotlog publishing
- source database performance impact
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous I/O
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
asynchronous notification for Workspace Manager events
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
asynchronous notifications
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- designated port
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- purge following
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- RAW payload delivery
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reliability
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- timeout
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
asynchronous operations
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
asynchronous receive in JMS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
asynchronous replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
AT clause
- CONNECT statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE STATEMENT statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- in CONNECT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in DECLARE CURSOR statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in DECLARE STATEMENT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of COMMIT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of COMMITcommand
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of CONNECT statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of DECLARE CURSOR command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of DECLARE CURSOR directive
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of DECLARE STATEMENT command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of DECLARE STATEMENT directive
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of EXECUTE command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of EXECUTE IMMEDIATE command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of EXECUTE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of INSERT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of INSERT statements
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of INSERTcommand
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of SAVEPOINT command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of SAVEPOINT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of SELECT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of SROLLBACK statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of UPDATE command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of UPDATE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restriction on
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- use of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
AT LOCAL clause
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
at method, example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
AT TIME ZONE clause
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ATAN function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ATAN2 function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
Atomic Controlfile to Memory Service (ACMS)
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
atomic controlfile to memory service process 0
- See ACMS
-
atomic null
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
-
atomic NULLs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
atomic nulls
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
atomically null
- object types in PL/SQL
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
ATTACH parameter
- Data Pump Export utility
(Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
ATTACH_SESSION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ATTACH_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ATTACH_TABLESPACES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
attaching Oracle homes
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
attaching to an existing job
- Data Pump Export utility
(Utilities)
-
attacks
- Denial of Service
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- bad packets, addressing (Security Guide)
- See also intruders
-
ATTENTION_DESCRIPTION column
(Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
attribute
- searching XML
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
attribute aggregation
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
attribute analysis
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
ATTRIBUTE clause
- of ALTER DIMENSION
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE DIMENSION
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ATTRIBUTE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ALIAS clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and CLEAR COLUMN command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- clearing columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- controlling display characteristics
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- display characteristics
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering multiple
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing attribute display characteristics
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring column display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing column display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
attribute descriptor object
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
attribute importance
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
attribute name
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
attribute properties, setting
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
attribute section
- defining
(Text Reference)
- dynamically adding
(Text Reference)
- querying
(Text Reference)
-
attribute sections
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- adding dynamically
(Text Reference)
- WITHIN example
(Text Reference)
-
attribute sets
- automatically creating
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- copying
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- creating with an existing object type
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- dropping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- examples
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- unassigning
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
attribute subname
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
attribute types, allowed
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
attribute values
- setting
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
attribute, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
attribute_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
attributeDecl()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
AttributeMap objects
- creating
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
attributes
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #8] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- %ROWTYPE
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- %TYPE
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- adding to a dimension
(SQL Language Reference)
- alternate_spelling
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- auto_filter_output_formatting
(Text Reference)
- base_letter
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- base_letter_type
(Text Reference)
- based on a database column
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- binary
(Text Reference)
- charset
(Text Reference)
- collection (SQL)
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- columnProps
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- command
(Text Reference)
- composite
(Text Reference)
- connecting
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- connection string
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Container
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- continuation
(Text Reference)
- creating
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- declaring
(Java Developer's Guide)
- defaultTable
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- defined
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- definition
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- deprecated for the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- description
(OLAP User's Guide)
- detail_key
(Text Reference)
- detail_lineno
(Text Reference)
- detail_table
(Text Reference)
- detail_text
(Text Reference)
- dimension attributes
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- disabling
(Text Reference)
- disk group compatibility
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- DISK_REPAIR_TIME
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping from a dimension
(SQL Language Reference)
- endjoins
(Text Reference)
- example of mapping
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- explicit cursors
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- ftp_proxy
(Text Reference)
- fuzzy_match
(Text Reference)
- fuzzy_numresults
(Text Reference)
- fuzzy_score
(Text Reference)
- http_proxy
(Text Reference)
- i_index_clause
(Text Reference)
- i_table_clause
(Text Reference)
- in elements
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- in templates for Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- index_text
(Text Reference)
- index_themes
(Text Reference)
- Java STATIC class
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- k_table_clause
(Text Reference)
- leaf-level
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- leaf-level scalar
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- level attributes
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- maintainDOM
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- maintainOrder
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- mapping
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- maximum number of in object type
(SQL Language Reference)
- maxOccurs
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- maxthreads
(Text Reference)
- maxurls
(Text Reference)
- MdmAttribute objects
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- mixed_case
(Text Reference)
- modifying
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- n_table_clause
(Text Reference)
- namespaces
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- new_german_spelling
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- newline
(Text Reference)
- no_proxy
(Text Reference)
- null
(Utilities)
- numgroup
(Text Reference)
- numjoin
(Text Reference)
- of dimensions, defining
(SQL Language Reference)
- of disk groups
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of handles
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- of objects
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of parameter descriptors
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of parameters
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of user-defined types
- mapping to Java fields (SQL Language Reference)
- of XMLFormat
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- orclCommonContextMap
(Net Services Reference)
- orclDescList
(Net Services Reference)
- orclDescName
(Net Services Reference)
- orclLoadBalance
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetAddrList
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetAddrString
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetConnParamList
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetFailover
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetFailoverModeString
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetHostname
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetInstanceName
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetInstanceRole
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetProtocol
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetReceiveBufSize
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetSdu
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetSendBufSize
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetServiceName
(Net Services Reference)
- orclNetSourceRoute
(Net Services Reference)
- orclSid
(Net Services Reference)
- orclVersion
(Net Services Reference)
- output_type
(Text Reference)
- override_base_letter
(Text Reference)
- p_table_clause
(Text Reference)
- path
(Text Reference)
- printjoins
(Text Reference)
- procedure
(Text Reference)
- punctuations
(Text Reference)
- r_table_clause
(Text Reference)
- REF
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setting
(Text Reference)
- setting properties
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- skipjoins
(Text Reference)
- SQLCollType
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLInline
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLName
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLSchema
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLType
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- startjoins
(Text Reference)
- stemmer
(Text Reference)
- storeVarrayAsTable
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- sys_DburiGen SQL function, passing to
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_XDBPD$
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- tableProps
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- timeout
(Text Reference)
- type
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- types of
(Java Developer's Guide)
- urlsize
(Text Reference)
- viewing
(Text Reference)
- viewing allowed values
(Text Reference)
- whitespace
(Text Reference)
- XMLDATA
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XMLType, in AQ
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- xsi.NamespaceSchemaLocation
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- xsi.noNamespaceSchemaLocation
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
attributes of a collection
- descriptions
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
attributes of object type
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- referencing in method
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
attribute-value constructors
- overriding
(Utilities)
-
AttrRef Interface
- AttrRef()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getName()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getSpecified()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getValue()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setValue()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- ~AttrRef()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
AttrRef()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
AU data formats
(Multimedia Reference)
-
AU_SIZE
- different sizes enabled by compatibility attributes
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk group attribute
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
audio data examples
(Multimedia User's Guide)
-
AUDIT
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT ANY
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT ANY system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AUDIT command
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
audit files
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- activities always written to
(Security Guide)
- archiving
(Security Guide)
- directory
(Security Guide)
- file names, form of
(Security Guide)
- fine-grained audit trail
(Security Guide)
- operating system file, contents
(Security Guide)
- security guidelines
(Security Guide)
- where written to
(Security Guide)
-
audit policy change
- monitoring
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT privilege
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT Privileges Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
audit records
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- viewing
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
AUDIT statement
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- about
(Security Guide)
- locks
(Concepts)
- schema objects
(Security Guide)
- statement auditing
(Security Guide)
- system privileges
(Security Guide)
-
AUDIT SYSTEM system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
audit trail
- about
(Security Guide)
- archiving
(Security Guide)
- DB setting
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- deleting views
(Security Guide)
- described
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- interpreting
(Security Guide)
- managing
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- operating system
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- script for using information
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- See also standard audit trail
- types of
(Security Guide)
- XML file output
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
AUDIT_ACTIONS table
(Reference)
-
AUDIT_FILE_DEST
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
AUDIT_FILE_DEST initialization parameter
(Reference)
- about
(Security Guide)
- setting for OS auditing
(Security Guide)
-
AUDIT_LABEL procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT_LABEL_ENABLED function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT_SYS_OPERATIONS initialization parameter
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- auditing SYS
(Security Guide)
-
AUDIT_SYSLOG_LEVEL initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
AUDIT_TRAIL initialization parameter
(Reference)
- about
(Security Guide)
- auditing SYS
(Security Guide)
- database, starting in read-only mode
(Security Guide)
- DB (database) setting
(Security Guide)
- DB, EXTENDED setting
(Security Guide)
- disabling
(Security Guide)
- effect on auditing policy
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- effect on Core Database Audit Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- effect on monitoring database
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- example of setting
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- OS (operating system) setting
(Security Guide)
- OS setting, Windows impact
(Security Guide)
- setting
(Security Guide)
- XML setting
(Security Guide)
- XML, EXTENDED setting
(Security Guide)
-
AUDIT_TRAIL parameter
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
AUDIT_TRAIL$ system table
- archiving
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- format
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
auditing
- about
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- administrators
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- archiving Database Vault audit trail
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- audit options
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- audit records
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- audit trails
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Security Guide)
- database (Concepts)
- operating system (Concepts)
- operating system (Concepts)
- Core Database Audit Report
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database and operating-system user names
(Concepts)
- database audit trail, using
(Security Guide)
- database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- database user names
(Security Guide)
- Database Vault policy settings
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DDL statements
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- default auditing, enabling
(Security Guide)
- default security setting, modified by
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- described
(Concepts)
- distributed databases and
(Concepts)
- DML statements
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors
- options (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- fine-grained
(Concepts)
- See fine-grained auditing (Security Guide)
- fine-grained auditing
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- guidelines for security
(Security Guide)
- guidelines, security
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- historical information
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- intruders
- using factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- using rule sets (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- keeping information manageable
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- LOBs, auditing
- user-defined columns (Security Guide)
- middle-tier systems, real user actions
(Security Guide)
- monitoring user actions
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- multitier environments
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- network
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- object columns
(Security Guide)
- objects
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- One Big Application User, compromised by
(Security Guide)
- operating-system user names
(Security Guide)
- options
- for SQL statements (SQL Language Reference)
- options for Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- policies
- value-based (SQL Language Reference)
- policies for
(Concepts)
- privilege audit options
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- privilege use
(Concepts)
- privileges
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- range of focus
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- realms
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- options (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reasons to audit
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- reports
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- options (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Sarbanes-Oxley Act
- auditing, meeting compliance through (Security Guide)
- default auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- meeting compliance through auditing (Security Guide)
- requirements (2 Day + Security Guide)
- schema object
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- schema objects
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- secure application roles
- audit records (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security and
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- See also auditing policies
- See also standard auditing, standard audit trail, fine-grained auditing
- SQL statements
(SQL Language Reference)
- by a proxy (SQL Language Reference)
- by a user (SQL Language Reference)
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- SQL statements, on a directory
(SQL Language Reference)
- SQL statements, on a schema
(SQL Language Reference)
- SQL statements, stopping
(SQL Language Reference)
- standard
- See standard audit trail, standard auditing (Security Guide)
- statement
(Concepts)
- statements
- See standard auditing (Security Guide)
- strategy
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- suspicious activity
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- system privileges
(SQL Language Reference)
- systemwide
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- transaction independence
(Concepts)
- triggers and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- troubleshooting
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- types of
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- viewing audit records
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- views
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- active object options (Security Guide)
- active privilege options (Security Guide)
- active statement options (Security Guide)
- default object options (Security Guide)
- views used to audit events
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- when audit options take effect
(Security Guide)
- when options take effect
(Concepts)
- where recorded
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
auditing modifications
- EnableVersioning history option
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- history views (xxx_HIST)
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
auditing policies
- about
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- custom events
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- audit trail (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- listing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring changes to
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See also auditing, AUDIT_TRAIL initialization parameter
- settings
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
auditing_by_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
auditing_on_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
AuditorInstaller
- command-line examples
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer for debugging
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- runtime output
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
auditors in profiles for debugging
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
AUTHENTICATED BY clause
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK
(SQL Language Reference)
-
AUTHENTICATED clause
- of ALTER USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
authenticated user
- create user group
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
authenticatedUser role
- DBuri servlet security
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
authenticating database administrators
- operating system authentication
(Concepts)
- password file authentication
(Concepts)
- strong authentication
(Concepts)
-
authenticating remote clients
(Reference)
-
authenticating users
(Reference)
-
authentication
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #7] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
- administrators
- operating system (Security Guide)
- passwords (Security Guide)
- SYSDBA and SYSOPER access, centrally controlling (Security Guide)
- Authentication Schemes Repository
(Application Express User's Guide)
- Authentication_Method default factor
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- automatically enabling during installation
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- by database
(Security Guide)
- by Distinguished Name
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- by SSL
(Security Guide)
- by X.509 Certificate
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- certificate
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- client
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- client-to-middle tier process
(Security Guide)
- command rules
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- configuring multiple methods
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- creating a scheme from scratch
(Application Express User's Guide)
- creating an authentication scheme
(Application Express User's Guide)
- database administrators
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- databases, using
- about (Security Guide)
- advantages (Security Guide)
- procedure (Security Guide)
- described
(Concepts)
- directory service
(Security Guide)
- directory-based services
(Security Guide)
- encoding text expressions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- enhancements
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- external authentication
- about (Security Guide)
- advantages (Security Guide)
- operating system authentication (Security Guide)
- user creation (Security Guide)
- for operating system
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for Oracle
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- global authentication
- about (Security Guide)
- advantages (Security Guide)
- user creation for private schemas (Security Guide)
- user creation for shared schemas (Security Guide)
- management
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mechanisms
(Java Developer's Guide)
- method, finding with DVF.F$AUTHENTICATION_METHOD
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- methods
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- middle-tier authentication
- proxies, example (Security Guide)
- modes in RADIUS
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- multitier
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- network
(Concepts)
- network authentication
- Secure Sockets Layer (Security Guide)
- third-party services (Security Guide)
- One Big Application User, compromised by
(Security Guide)
- operating system
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- operating system authentication
- about (Security Guide)
- advantages (Security Guide)
- disadvantages (Security Guide)
- Oracle
(Concepts)
- OSAUTH_PREFIX_DOMAIN parameter
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- overview
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- password policy
(Concepts)
- preconfigured authentication schemes
(Application Express User's Guide)
- proxy user authentication
- about (Security Guide)
- expired passwords (Security Guide)
- public key infrastructure
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- RADIUS
(Security Guide)
- realm functions
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
- remote
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Security Guide)
- scheme session cookies
(Application Express User's Guide)
- security attributes
(Application Express User's Guide)
- See also passwords, proxy authentication
- selecting a method
(Administrator's Guide)
- single sign-on
(Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- specifying when creating a user
(Security Guide)
- strong
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- types, security
(Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- user
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- users
(Concepts)
- using a password file
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using password file
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Windows native authentication methods
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using Windows native methods
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- viewing current scheme
(Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing parameter settings
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- when to use enterprise users
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- when to use external users
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- within Oracle OLAP
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
authentication (security)
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
authentication information handle
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
authentication information handle attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
authentication protocols
- default protocol used
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
AUTHENTICATION REQUIRED clause
- of ALTER USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Authentication scheme
- selecting
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
Authentication Scheme attribute
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
authentication support
- preinstallation requirements
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
authentication, RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
AUTHID clause
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- specifying privileges for a subprogram
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using to specify privileges of invoker
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
AUTHID CURRENT USER invoker's rights clause
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
AUTHID CURRENT_USER clause
- of ALTER JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE FUNCTION
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PACKAGE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROCEDURE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
AUTHID DEFINER clause
- of ALTER JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE FUNCTION
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PACKAGE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROCEDURE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
authorization
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
- changing for roles
(Security Guide)
- global
- about (Security Guide)
- advantages (Security Guide)
- multitier
(Security Guide)
- omitting for roles
(Security Guide)
- operating system
(Security Guide)
- roles, about
(Security Guide)
- template users
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- when to use enterprise roles
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- when to use external roles
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Authorization attributes
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
AUTHORIZATION clause
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
authorization for WebSphere MQ objects
(Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
authorization scheme
- of an application
(Application Express User's Guide)
- specifying
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
authorization schemes
(Application Express User's Guide)
- attaching to application
(Application Express User's Guide)
- attaching to component
(Application Express User's Guide)
- attaching to control
(Application Express User's Guide)
- attaching to page
(Application Express User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express User's Guide)
- for controlling access
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
AUTHORIZATION_MODEL parameter
(Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
authorizations, realms
(Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
AUTHORIZE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
authorize functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
AUTHORIZE_DAD Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
auto binding
- rules
(Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
auto binding rules
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
AUTO stemming
(Text Reference)
-
auto_commit parameter
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
AUTO_CONNECT
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- command-line option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
AUTO_CONNECT option
- instead of CONNECT statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
AUTO_CONNECT precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
AUTO_CONNECToption
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
AUTO_FILTER Document Filtering Technology
- Supported Platforms for
(Text Reference)
-
AUTO_FILTER filter
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- and transactional CONTEXT indexes
(Text Reference)
- character-set conversion
(Text Reference)
- index preference object
(Text Reference)
- setting up
(Text Reference)
- supported formats
(Text Reference)
- supported platforms
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- unsupported formats
(Text Reference)
-
AUTO_FILTER system-defined preference
(Text Reference)
-
AUTO_FILTER_OUTPUT_FORMATTING attribute
(Text Reference)
-
AUTO_LEXER
- indexing columns and
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- language detection and
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
AUTO_LEXER lexer type
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
AUTO_LEXER with fuzzy matching and stemming
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
AUTO_SECTION_GROUP example
(Text Reference)
-
AUTO_SECTION_GROUP object
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
-
AUTO_SECTION_GROUP system-defined preference
(Text Reference)
-
AUTO_TASK_CONSUMER_GROUP
- of Resource Manager
(Administrator's Guide)
-
AUTOALLOCATE clause
- of CREATE TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
autobackups
- control file
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
autobackups, control file
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- format
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
AutoBindDisable method
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
AutoBindEnable method
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
autocommit
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- preference for database connections
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
AUTOCOMMIT variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
autocommitting of operations
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
autocomplete preferences
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
AUTOEXTEND clause
- for bigfile tablespaces
(Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
autoextend_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
automated repairs
- Data Recovery Advisor
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
automatic channel allocation
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
automatic channels
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- naming conventions
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overriding
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
AUTOMATIC clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
automatic connections
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
Automatic CSV Encoding attribute
(Application Express User's Guide)
-
Automatic Data Preparation
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- See ADP
-
Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #7] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- about
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- accessing results
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- actions and rationales of recommendations
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- analysis
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- analysis results example
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- and DB time
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- configuring
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONTROL_MANAGEMENT_PACK_ACCESS parameter
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB time
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBIO_EXPECTED
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- enabling
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- example report
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- findings
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- viewing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- for Oracle RAC
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- identifying high-load SQL
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- overview
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- recommendations
- actions (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- implementing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- interpreting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- rationales (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- types (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- report
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- results
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- reviewing results
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- running manually
- analyzing current database performance (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- analyzing historical database performance (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- setups
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL parameter
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- types of problems considered
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- types of recommendations
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor (ADDM)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- analyzing AWR data
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database findings
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- description
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- instance findings
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- recommendations
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
automatic database diagnostic monitoring
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitoring (ADDM)
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Automatic Database Diagnostics Monitor (ADDM)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- findings
(2 Day DBA)
- modifying snapshot frequency and retention
(2 Day DBA)
- overview
(2 Day DBA)
- snapshots
(2 Day DBA)
- viewing performance analysis
(2 Day DBA)
-
automatic detection of missing log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
Automatic Diagnostic Repository
(2 Day DBA)
-
Automatic Diagnostic repository
(Concepts)
-
automatic diagnostic repository
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Utilities)
- described
(Net Services Reference)
- See ADR
- structure, contents and location of
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- ADRCI command-line interpreter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ADRCI command-line interpreter, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
automatic diagnostic repository (ADR)
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Automatic Diagnostic Repository, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- default directory for diagnostic data, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
automatic failover
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Data Guard
(High Availability Overview)
-
automatic index synchronization
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
automatic load balancing
- configuring RMAN channels for multiple instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
automatic logins
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
automatic logon
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
automatic logons
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
Automatic Maintenance Tasks
- assigning to maintenance windows
(Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling and disabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- predefined
(Administrator's Guide)
- resource allocation
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Automatic maintenance tasks
- Scheduler job names
(Administrator's Guide)
-
automatic maintenance tasks
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (High Availability Overview)
-
automatic maintenance tasks management
- AutoTask
(Upgrade Guide)
-
automatic memory management
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- modifying settings
(2 Day DBA)
- supported platforms
(Administrator's Guide)
-
automatic PGA memory management
- modifying settings
(2 Day DBA)
-
automatic reparse
- Oracle Virtual Private Database, how it works with
(Security Guide)
-
automatic sections
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
automatic segment space management
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
automatic segment space management (ASSM)
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
automatic segment-space management
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- tablespace use in Oracle RAC
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
automatic serialization
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Automatic Shared Memory Management
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
automatic shared memory management
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- modifying settings
(2 Day DBA)
-
Automatic SQL Tuning
- modifying task attributes
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- viewing recommendations
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- viewing results
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
-
automatic SQL tuning
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- analysis
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- features
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- overview
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Automatic SQL Tuning Advisor
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- about
(2 Day DBA)
- configuring
(2 Day DBA)
- viewing results
(2 Day DBA)
-
Automatic Storage Management
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- about
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- accessing files with the XML DB virtual folder
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- accessing the home page
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- administering
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- aliases
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- and rolling upgrade
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ASM library driver (ASMLIB)
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- asmcmd utility
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- ASMLib add-on support library
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- authentication
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- block device names
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- block devices
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- characteristics of failure groups
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking disk availability
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- command-line utility
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- components
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- configuration page
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- configuring disks
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring disks for Automatic Storage Management
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring initialization parameters
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- considerations before installing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating a database in
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- creating archive log files in
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- creating control file in
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- creating files in the database
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- creating redo logs in
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- creating tablespaces in
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- DAS disks
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- database creation for
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- discovering disks
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk devices
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- disk discovery
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk discovery string
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk failures in
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk group, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- disk groups
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disks
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disks, supported
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- displaying attached disks
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- Enterprise Manager Migrate Database wizard
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- failure groups
- examples (Installation Guide for Linux)
- examples (Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Fast Mirror Resync, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- file templates
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- filenames
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- files
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- identifying available disks
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- identifying disks
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- initialization files and
(Administrator's Guide)
- initialization parameter file
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- installation
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- installation, testing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- installing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- instances
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- managing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- managing templates page
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- memory management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- migrating a database to
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- migrating existing databases to
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- migrating nodes in a cluster
(SQL Language Reference)
- mirroring
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- mirroring and failure groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring disk group space usage
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- operating system authentication for
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- Optimal Flexible Architecture file naming conventions
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Clusterware
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle home location for new installation
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- OSASM group, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- overview
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- partition creation
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- password file
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- password file authentication for
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- performance page
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- preferred read disk groups, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- preparing disks
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- recommendations for disk groups
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- redundancy levels
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- removing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- response files
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- restarting
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- rolling upgrade
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- rolling upgrade of, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- running multiple databases on a single server
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- SAN disks
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- shutting down
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- space required for preconfigured database
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- SPFILE server parameter file
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- starting and stopping
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- starting up
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- stopping
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- storage option for data files
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- SYS password for
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- SYSASM privilege, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- understanding
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- upgrade advantages with separate Oracle homes
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- upgrades of
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- users page
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- views
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- with Enterprise Manager
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- XML DB virtual folder
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
automatic storage management
- description
(High Availability Overview)
-
Automatic Storage Management (ASM)
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #4] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- accessing the Home page
(2 Day DBA)
- administering
(2 Day DBA)
- archiving scenario
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ASM asmcmd utility
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ASM disk group templates
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- ASM disk groups
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- managing (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- recommendations for (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- redundancy levels (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- templates (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ASM instance
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ASM preferred read failure groups
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ASM preferred read failure groups, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- asmtool utility
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- asmtoolg utility
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- backing up files
(2 Day DBA)
- backups to
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cloning
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring disks
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring from Advanced installation method
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring Oracle Database to communicate with
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- considerations before installing
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- converting single-instance ASM to clustered ASM
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- converting single-instance to a cluster storage manager
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- creating a standby database that uses
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating instances with DBCA
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DAS disks
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Data Pump and
(Utilities)
- definition
(2 Day DBA)
- disk devices
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- disk discovery
(2 Day DBA)
- disk group compatibility
(Upgrade Guide)
- disk groups
- recommendations for (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- redundancy levels (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- disk groups. See ASM disk groups
- disks, supported
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- duplicating databases and
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Enterprise Manager Migrate Database wizard
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- failure groups
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (High Availability Overview)
- characteristics (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- characteristics (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- examples (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- examples (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- identifying (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- identifying (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Fast Mirror Resync
(High Availability Overview)
- file access control
(Upgrade Guide)
- file management
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- getting started using
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- high availability against storage failures
(Concepts)
- installation
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- installation testing
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- installing
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- instance creation on newly added nodes
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- managing
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- migrating existing databases to
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- mirroring
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- monitoring disk group space usage
(2 Day DBA)
- operating system group requirements
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Oracle home location for new installation
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- partition creation
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- password file
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- post-upgrade topics
(Upgrade Guide)
- preferred mirror read disks
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- preferred read disks
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- preferred read failure groups
(Upgrade Guide)
- preferred read, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- rebalancing
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- redundancy levels
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- removing an instance
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- rolling upgrade
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- rolling upgrade, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- rolling upgrades, Preface
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- running multiple databases in single server
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SAN disks
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- server-based mirroring
(High Availability Overview)
- silent or noninteractive mode installations
(Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- space required for preconfigured database
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SPFILE server parameter file
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- starting and stopping
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- storage migration
(High Availability Overview)
- storage option for data files
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- storage solution
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- striping
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- SYSASM privilege
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SYSASM privilege, Preface
(Security Guide)
- templates
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- upgrade advantages with separate Oracle homes
(Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- upgrading
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Upgrade Guide)
- use of
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- use with Oracle RAC
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- using normal or high redundancy
(High Availability Overview)
- volume manager
(High Availability Overview)
- with Database Storage Grid
(High Availability Overview)
-
Automatic Storage Management disk groups
- about
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- managing
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
Automatic Storage Management disks
- marking
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
Automatic Storage Management failure groups
- about
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
Automatic Storage Management instance
- about
(Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating
(Installation Guide for Linux)
-
Automatic Storage Management process
- restarting
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- stopping
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
Automatic Storage Management rolling upgrades, Preface
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
Automatic Storage Management See ASM.
-
Automatic Storage Management, using
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
automatic switchover
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See also switchovers
-
Automatic Tuning Optimizer
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
automatic undo management
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #7] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #8] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- migrating to
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- mode
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- tablespace use in Oracle RAC
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- UNDO_MANAGEMENT
(Upgrade Guide)
-
Automatic Undo Management system
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
automatic undo mode
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
automatic workload management
- concepts
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- description
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- manual rebalancing
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Automatic Workload Repository
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #7] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #8] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #9] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #10] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- about
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- baselines
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- compare periods report
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- details (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- saving (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- saving (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- summary (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- supplemental information (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- using (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- using another baseline (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- using snapshot pairs (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- configuring
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- data gathering
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_WORKLOAD_REPOSITORY package
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- default settings
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- enabling
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- factors affecting space usage
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- managing with APIs
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- minimizing space usage
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- overview
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- recommendations for retention period
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- reports
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- retention period
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- settings in DBA_HIST_WR_CONTROL view
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- snapshot
(Concepts)
- snapshots
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- space usage
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- statistics collected
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- turning off automatic snapshot collection
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- unusual percentages in reports
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- using
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- views for accessing data
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Automatic Workload Repository (AWR)
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- monitoring performance
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
AUTOMATIC_IPC networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
automating
- shutdown
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- startup
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
Automation
- Java API
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
automation objects
- introduction
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
Automation Server
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
automount
- enable
(Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
autonomous functions
- invoking from SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- RESTRICT_REFERENCES pragma
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
autonomous routines
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
autonomous transaction restriction
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
autonomous transactions
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- advantages
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- avoiding errors
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- comparison with nested transactions
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- controlling
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in PL/SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL%ROWCOUNT attribute
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
autonomous triggers
- using
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION pragma
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- defining
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- links to examples
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
autonomy, site
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
AUTOPRINT variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
AUTORECOVERY option
- SET statement
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
AUTORECOVERY variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
AutoTask
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
-
autotrace
- Autotrace pane
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- preferences for
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
autotrace report
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
AUTOTRACE variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
auto-commit
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- modifying in existing connection
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- not supported in server
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying in new connection
(SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
auto-commit mode
- disabling
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- result set behavior
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
auto-starting
- Oracle Database services
(Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
auto-starting listeners
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
auxiliary channels
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
auxiliary instance parameter file
- with TRANSPORT TABLESPACE
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
availability
- definition
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- extended
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #9] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- of RMAN backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
AVAILABLE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AVAILABLE instances
- for services
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
available LOB methods
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
AVAILABLE option
- of CHANGE command
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
available traces
(Text Reference)
-
average
- cumulative
(OLAP User's Guide)
- moving
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
Average Active Sessions chart
- performance monitoring
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
average conflict resolution method
(Advanced Replication)
-
AVERAGE function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
average minimum bounding rectangle
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
average operator (aggregation)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
average rank
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AVERAGE_MBR procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
AVERAGE_RANK function
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AVERAGE16 resampling method
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
AVERAGE4 resampling method
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
AVG function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
AVI video formats
(Multimedia Reference)
-
avoiding multiple object reference
(Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
avoiding SQL injection
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
Avoiding Unnecessary Reparsing
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
AW command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW ALIASLIST
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW ATTACH
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW CREATE
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW DELETE
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW DETACH
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW FREEZE
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW LIST
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW PURGE
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW ROLLBACK
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW SEGMENTSIZE
(OLAP DML Reference)
- AW THAW
(OLAP DML Reference)
- events
(OLAP DML Reference)
- triggers
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW objects
- creating
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
AW PURGE
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW$ tables
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AW$AWCREATE10G table
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AW$AWMD table
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
AW_ATTACH procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_COPY procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_CREATE procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_DELETE procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_DETACH procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_RENAME procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_TABLESPACE function (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AW_UPDATE procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AWCubeOrganization objects
- example of creating
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
AWDESCRIBE program
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
AWM
- see Analytic Workspace Manager
-
AWPrimaryDimensionOrganization objects
- creating
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
AWR
- See Automatic Workload Repository
- see Automatic Workload Repository
-
AWR_BASELINE_METRIC_TYPE Object Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_BASELINE_METRIC_TYPE_TABLE Table Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_DIFF_REPORT_HTML Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_DIFF_REPORT_TEXT Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_REPORT_HTML function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_REPORT_TEXT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_SQL_REPORT_HTML Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
AWR_SQL_REPORT_TEXT Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
awrrpt.sql
- Automatic Workload Repository report
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
AWWAITTIME option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Axent firewall
(2 Day + Security Guide)